Back to GetFilings.com



Table of Contents

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 


 

FORM 10–K

 


 

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

FOR THE ANNUAL PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2004

 

OR

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM              TO             

 

COMMISSION FILE NUMBER 333-97427

 


 

JOHNSONDIVERSEY, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 


 

Delaware   39-1877511

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(IRS Employer

Identification No.)

 

8310 16th Street

Sturtevant, Wisconsin 53177-0902

(Address of Principal Executive Offices, Including Zip Code)

 

(262) 631-4001

(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)

 


 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None.

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None.

 


 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  x    No  ¨

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes  ¨    No  x

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S–K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10–K or any amendment to this Form 10–K.  x

 

There is no public trading market for the registrant’s common stock. As of March 4, 2005, there were 24,422 outstanding shares of the registrant’s common stock, $1.00 par value.

 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE: None.

 



Table of Contents

INDEX

 

Section


 

Topic


   Page

   

Forward-Looking Statements

   i

PART I

        

Item 1

 

Business

   1

Item 2

 

Properties

   10

Item 3

 

Legal Proceedings

   11

Item 4

 

Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

   11

PART II

        

Item 5

 

Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters

   12

Item 6

 

Selected Historical Financial Data

   12

Item 7

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

   16

Item 7A

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk

   33

Item 8

 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

   33

Item 9

 

Changes In and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

   33

Item 9A

 

Controls and Procedures

   34

Item 9B

 

Other Information

   36

PART III

        

Item 10

 

Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

   37

Item 11

 

Executive Compensation

   41

Item 12

 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

   50

Item 13

 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

   54

Item 14

 

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

   73

PART IV

        

Item 15

 

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8–K

   75


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

Unless otherwise indicated, references to “JohnsonDiversey,” “we,” “our” and “us” in this report refer to JohnsonDiversey, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries.

 

We make statements in this Form 10–K that are not historical facts. These “forward-looking statements” can be identified by the use of terms such as “may,” “intend,” “might,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “would,” “expect,” “believe,” “estimate,” “anticipate,” “predict,” “project,” “potential,” or the negative of these terms, and similar expressions. You should be aware that these forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that are beyond our control. Further, any forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date on which it is made, and except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statement to reflect events or circumstances after the date on which it is made or to reflect the occurrence of anticipated or unanticipated events or circumstances. New factors emerge from time to time that may cause our business not to develop as we expect, and it is not possible for us to predict all of them. Factors that may cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

    our ability to successfully complete the integration of the DiverseyLever business, including the achievement of cost and tax savings;

 

    our ability to execute our business strategies;

 

    changes in general economic and political conditions, interest rates and currency movements, including, in particular, exposure to foreign currency risks;

 

    the vitality of the institutional and industrial cleaning and sanitation market, and the printing and packaging, coatings and plastics markets;

 

    restraints on pricing flexibility due to competitive conditions in the professional and polymer markets;

 

    the loss or insolvency of a significant supplier or customer;

 

    effectiveness in managing our manufacturing processes, including our inventory, fixed assets, and system of internal control;

 

    changes in energy costs, the costs of raw materials and other operating expenses;

 

    our ability and the ability of our competitors to introduce new products and technical innovations;

 

    the costs and effects of complying with laws and regulations relating to the environment and to the manufacture, storage, distribution and labeling of our products;

 

    the occurrence of litigation or claims;

 

    changes in tax, fiscal, governmental and other regulatory policies;

 

    the effect of future acquisitions or divestitures or other corporate transactions;

 

    adverse or unfavorable publicity regarding us or our services;

 

    the loss of, or changes in, executive management or other key personnel;

 

    natural and manmade disasters, including acts of terrorism, hostilities or war that impact our markets;

 

    conditions affecting the food and lodging industry, including health-related, political and weather-related; and

 

    other factors listed from time to time in reports that we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

i


Table of Contents

PART I

 

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

 

General

 

We are a leading global marketer and manufacturer of cleaning, hygiene and appearance products and related services for the institutional and industrial cleaning and sanitation market. We are also a leading global supplier of environmentally compliant, water-based acrylic polymer resins for the industrial printing and packaging, coatings and plastics markets. We operate our cleaning, hygiene and appearance products and related services business, which we refer to as our professional business, under the names “JohnsonDiversey,” “Johnson Wax Professional,” “Butchers” and “DiverseyLever,” and our polymer business under the name “Johnson Polymer.”

 

We sell our products in more than 140 countries through our direct sales force, wholesalers and third-party distributors. Our sales are balanced geographically, with our principal markets being Europe, North America and Japan. For the year ended December 31, 2004, we had net sales of $3.2 billion, of which 48% were from Europe, 32% were from North America and 11% were from Japan. For a discussion of financial results by segment and by geographical location, see note 27 to our audited consolidated financial statements.

 

We are required to file annual reports on Form 10–K, quarterly reports on Form 10–Q, current reports on Form 8–K and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). The public can obtain copies of these materials by visiting the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 450 Fifth Street, NW, Washington, D.C. 20549, by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330, or by accessing the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov. In addition, as soon as reasonably practicable after these materials are filed with or furnished to the SEC, we make copies available to the public free of charge on or through our website at http://www.johnsondiversey.com. The information on our website is not incorporated into, and is not part of, this annual report.

 

History

 

We are a privately held business that was incorporated in Delaware in February 1997, under the name S.C. Johnson Commercial Markets, Inc. From February 1997 until November 1999, we were a wholly owned subsidiary of S.C. Johnson & Son, Inc. (“SCJ”), a leading provider of innovative consumer home cleaning, maintenance and storage products founded by Samuel Curtis Johnson in 1886. In November 1999, we were separated from SCJ in a tax-free spin-off. In connection with the spin-off, Commercial Markets Holdco, Inc. (“Holdco”), a Delaware corporation that is majority-owned by descendants of Samuel Curtis Johnson, obtained substantially all of our shares from SCJ and, in November 2001, contributed those shares to Johnson Professional Holdings, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Holdco.

 

In May 2002, we acquired DiverseyLever, an institutional and industrial cleaning and sanitation business, from Conopco, Inc., a subsidiary of Unilever PLC and Unilever N.V. (together “Unilever”). Following the acquisition, we changed our name to “JohnsonDiversey, Inc.” and Johnson Professional Holdings changed its name to “JohnsonDiversey Holdings, Inc.” In connection with the acquisition, Unilever acquired a one-third interest in JohnsonDiversey Holdings, Inc. (“Holdings”) and Holdco retained the remaining two-thirds interest. At the closing of the acquisition, we entered into a sales agency agreement with Unilever whereby we were appointed Unilever’s exclusive agent to sell its consumer branded products, a business we did not acquire, to institutional and industrial customers. The sales agency agreement terminates on May 2, 2007.

 

Professional Business

 

General

 

Our professional business supplies cleaning, hygiene and appearance products, including food service, food processing, floor care, restroom/other housekeeping, laundry and industrial products, to institutional and industrial end-users such as food and lodging establishments, food processing facilities, building service contractors, educational institutions, retail outlets, healthcare facilities and industrial plants. In addition, we provide a wide range of value-added services, including safety and application training, safety and hygiene consulting and hygiene

 

1


Table of Contents

auditing. We sell our professional products and related services on a global basis to a broad range of customers in diverse industries. Excluding sales agency fee income of $88.9 million, our professional business had net sales of $2.8 billion in fiscal year 2004. For a summary of key financial measures related to our professional business, see note 27 to our audited consolidated financial statements, included elsewhere in this report.

 

Products

 

We are a worldwide supplier of cleaning, hygiene and appearance products and related services to the institutional and industrial cleaning and sanitation market. We offer a broad, diversified line of products and related services to customers in more than 140 countries. We currently offer a wide range of products in each of six different categories—food service, food processing, floor care, restroom/other housekeeping, laundry and industrial.

 

Food Service. Food service products remove soil and eliminate microbiological contamination from food contact surfaces. Our food service products include chemicals for washing dishes, glassware, flatware, utensils and kitchen equipment; dish machines; pre-rinse units; dish tables and racks; hood, duct and exhaust cleaning products; food handling and storage products; and safe floor systems and tools. We also manufacture and supply kitchen cleaning products, such as general purpose cleaners, lime scale removers, bactericides/disinfectants, detergents, oven and grill cleaners, general surface degreasers, floor cleaners and food surface disinfectants. In addition, we support all cleaning tasks with documented cleaning methods and hygiene plans.

 

Food Processing. We offer detergents, cleaners, sanitizers and lubricants, as well as cleaning systems, electronic dispensers and chemical injectors for the application of chemical products. We also offer gel and foam products for manual open plant cleaning, acid and alkaline cleaners and membrane cleaning products. In addition, we provide consulting services in the areas of food safety and quality management.

 

Floor Care. We manufacture a broad range of floor care products and systems, including finishes, buffable waxes, cleaners, polishes, sealers and strippers for all types of flooring surfaces, including vinyl, terrazzo, granite, concrete, marble, linoleum and wood. We also provide a full range of carpet cleaners, such as extraction cleaners and shampoos; carpet powders; treatments, such as pre-sprays and deodorizers; and a full line of carpet spotters. Our range of products also includes carpet cleaning and floor polishing machines.

 

Restroom/Other Housekeeping. We offer a fully integrated line of products and dispensing systems for hard surface cleaning, disinfecting and sanitizing, hand washing and air deodorizing and freshening. Our restroom care and other housekeeping products include bowl and hard surface cleaners, hand soaps, sanitizers, air care products, general purpose cleaners, disinfectants and specialty cleaning products.

 

Laundry. We offer detergents, stain removers, fabric conditioners, softeners and bleaches in liquid, powder and concentrated forms to clean items such as bed linen, clothing and table linen. Our range of products covers all of the requirements of fabric washing from domestic-sized machines in small hotels to continuous batch washers in commercial laundries. We also offer customized washing programs for different levels and types of soils, a comprehensive range of dispensing equipment and a selection of process control and management information systems.

 

Industrial. We offer industrial cleaners and degreasers and a line of specialty vehicle cleaners that remove traffic film, road soil, dirt and grime from the surfaces of vehicles, including automobiles, buses and trucks.

 

End-Users and Customers

 

We offer our professional products directly or through third-party distributors to end-users in eight sectors—food and lodging, food processing, building service contractors, education, retail, healthcare, industrial and other.

 

Food and Lodging. Food and lodging end-users include fast food and full service restaurants, first class, luxury and economy hotel chains, independent hotels and nursing/care homes.

 

2


Table of Contents

Food Processing. Food processing end-users include dairy plants, dairy farms, breweries, soft-drink bottling plants and meat, poultry and other food processors.

 

Building Service Contractors. Building service contractors and contract caterers clean, maintain and manage facility and food service operations in office buildings, retail stores, healthcare facilities, educational institutions and factories.

 

Education. Educational end-users include primary and secondary schools, technical schools, colleges and universities.

 

Retail. Retail end-users include supermarkets, drug stores, discounters, hypermarkets and wholesale clubs.

 

Healthcare. Healthcare end-users include both private and public hospitals, long-term care facilities and other facilities where medical services are performed.

 

Industrial. Industrial end-users include factories, industrial plants, including paper and pulp plants and water treatment facilities, and offices.

 

Other. End-users in this sector include cash and carry establishments, government institutions and commercial laundries. Cash and carry customers are stores in which professional end-users purchase products for their own use. Commercial laundry customers include professional laundries operated for profit, as well as large hospital on-site laundries.

 

Sales and Distribution

 

We sell our products and systems in domestic and international markets through company-trained sales and service personnel, who also advise and assist customers in the proper and efficient use of products and systems in order to meet a full range of cleaning and sanitation needs. We sell our products in more than 140 countries either directly to end-users or through a network of distributors, wholesalers and third-party intermediaries. We employ a direct sales force to market and sell our products. We contract with local third-party distributors on an exclusive and non-exclusive basis. We estimate that direct sales to end-users by our sales force typically account for about half of our professional net sales, with indirect sales through third-party channels accounting for the other half.

 

In our larger customer sectors, such as food processing, the supply of cleaning, hygiene and appearance products involves more than the physical distribution of detergents. In these sectors, customers may contract for the provision of a complete hygiene system, which includes products as well as safety and application training, safety and hygiene consulting, hygiene auditing and after-sales services. We employ specialized sales people who are trained to provide these specific services and, through our tailored cleaning solutions approach, we are able to address the specific needs of these customers.

 

For additional financial information regarding key financial measures of our professional business, including net sales and long-lived assets by geographical location, see note 27 to our audited consolidated financial statements, included elsewhere in this report.

 

Raw Materials

 

Suppliers for our cleaning, hygiene and appearance products provide raw materials, packaging components, equipment, accessories and contract manufactured goods. The key raw materials we use in our professional business are surfactants, polymers and resins, fragrances, solvents, caustic soda, waxes, chelates and phosphates. Packaging components include bag-in-the-box containers, bottles, corrugated boxes, drums, pails, totes, aerosol cans, caps, triggers and valves. Equipment and accessories include dilution control, warewashing and laundry equipment, floor machines, air care dispensers, mops, buckets, carts and other items used in the maintenance of a facility.

 

3


Table of Contents

We believe that all raw materials required for the manufacture of our products and all components related to our equipment and accessories are available from multiple sources. Although we purchase some raw materials under long-term supply arrangements with third parties, these arrangements are not material to our business.

 

Competition

 

The worldwide market for our professional products is highly competitive. Our principal professional competitor on a worldwide basis is Ecolab, Inc. (“Ecolab”), which is the largest supplier of cleaning and sanitizing products in the institutional and industrial cleaning and sanitation industry. Ecolab has significant capacity, technology, expertise and financial resources, which enables it to compete effectively with us. We also face significant competition from numerous national, regional and local companies within some or all of our product lines in each sector that we serve. Many of these companies have increased in strength as a result of recent consolidations in the industry. Barriers to entry and expansion in the institutional and industrial cleaning and sanitation industry are low. Other competitors in the market include The Procter & Gamble Company and The Clorox Company, which have expanded into the institutional sector from their bases in consumer products, and Kimberly-Clark Corporation, which has expanded from paper accessories into personal care and washroom products.

 

We seek to differentiate ourselves from our competitors in our strategic sectors by being the preferred partner to our customers, ensuring safe and healthy high-performing facilities for them and their customers. We believe the quality and ease of use of our products are competitive strengths. In addition, we have long-standing relationships with many of our top customers. Price considerations and sales and marketing effectiveness are also important competitive factors. To achieve expected profitability levels, we must, among other things, maintain the service levels and competitive pricing necessary to retain existing customers and attract new customers.

 

Foreign Operations

 

We conduct professional business operations through subsidiaries in Europe, North America, Japan, Latin America and Asia Pacific. Because the professional business has significant manufacturing operations, sales offices and research and development activities in foreign locations, fluctuations in currency exchange rates may have a significant impact on its consolidated financial statements. To a large extent, we use currency netting and forward foreign currency contracts to offset these fluctuations.

 

In addition, our foreign professional business operations are potentially subject to a number of unique risks and limitations, including: exchange control regulations; wage and price controls; employment regulations; regulatory approvals; foreign investment laws; import and trade restrictions; and governmental instability.

 

Polymer Business

 

General

 

We supply environmentally compliant, water-based acrylic polymer resins to the industrial printing and packaging, coatings and plastics markets. Polymer resins work within inks, paints and floor coatings to disperse or carry colorants, provide adhesion to the material being coated, protect the surface of the material and provide a glossy finish. We sell these resins to our customers primarily in North America, Europe and Asia. In fiscal year 2004, our polymer business had net sales of $328 million, including intercompany sales to our professional business of $20.5 million.

 

Products

 

We manufacture styrene acrylic resins and styrene acrylic emulsion polymers for inks, over-print varnishes, powder coatings, pigment dispersions, high solids thermoset coatings, urethane coatings, water-based industrial and architectural coatings, and plastic additives. We sell these products to industrial customers in the printing and packaging, coatings, plastics and institutional and industrial cleaning and sanitation industries in North America, Europe and Asia.

 

4


Table of Contents

Printing and Packaging (Ink and Over-print Varnish). We are a leading global supplier of polymer products to the printing and packaging industry and are committed to working with our graphic arts customers to customize their product offerings. Our emulsions and styrene acrylic resins are used in the manufacturing of liquid inks, over-print varnishes, pigment dispersions and wax emulsions for a wide range of applications in the printing and packaging industry. Our largest end-user sector is consumer packaging where applications include corrugated boxes, beverage cartons, cereal and packaged food boxes, packaging for health and beauty aids, toys and other non-durable consumer goods.

 

Coatings. In the industrial markets, our polymer products are used in wood, metal and plastic coatings and include one component water-based emulsions, two component emulsions, polyurethane high solid coatings and baking enamels. In the architectural market, our emulsions are used in interior and exterior paint sold through retail outlets.

 

Plastics. In the plastics industry, our resins are used as additives to improve the processing of the plastics or their physical or functional properties.

 

Institutional and Industrial Cleaning and Sanitation. We manufacture polymers used in the production of floor care products, which are primarily sold to our professional business.

 

End-Users and Customers

 

We principally supply acrylic polymers to industrial customers in the printing and packaging, coatings and plastics industries. The printing and packaging market, consisting of liquid ink, pigment dispersion and over-print varnish manufacturers, represents our polymer business’ largest customer sector. During fiscal year 2004, Sun Chemical Corporation, our largest polymer customer, accounted for 10.6% of our net sales of polymer products. In addition, sales to our professional business accounted for 6.3% of net sales during fiscal year 2004.

 

Sales and Distribution

 

We sell our polymer products to customers primarily through our own sales force located in North America, Europe and the Asia Pacific region. As of March 4, 2005, our polymer sales force consisted of about 40 employees. For additional information regarding key financial measures of our polymer business, including net sales and long-lived assets by geographical location, see note 27 to our audited consolidated financial statements, included elsewhere in this report.

 

Raw Materials

 

Materials required for production of our polymer products are provided by multiple sources, and we operate under contracts with all of our major raw material suppliers. Significant raw materials purchased by our polymer business include styrene, acrylic acid, alpha methyl styrene, 2-ethyl hexyl acrylate and methyl methacrylate. During the past year, the growth in the overall market demand for a number of these materials has exceeded the growth in capacity, resulting in a tight market supply situation and increased pricing. Raw material pricing has also been unfavorably impacted by higher oil and natural gas prices. As a result of our raw material supply contracts, we have experienced only minimal supply disruptions; however, we have absorbed significantly higher raw material costs and have implemented selling price increases in all of our markets.

 

Competition

 

The polymer industry is highly competitive. Our principal global competitor in the market for water-based acrylic polymers for printing and packaging applications is Rohm and Haas Company. In the architectural and industrial coatings markets, our principal competitors are Avecia Limited (NeoResins), BASF AG, The Dow Chemical Corporation and Rohm and Haas Company. In each of our markets, we also have strong local competitors. Other competitors in the specialty chemical industry include Air Products and Chemicals, Inc., Eastman Chemical Company and Lubrizol, Inc. These global competitors are larger and have greater financial resources than we do. As a result, they may be better able to respond to price increases in raw materials and to compete on pricing than we are. By capitalizing upon our unique research and development expertise, and providing customers with new products and technologies, we believe that we are able to compete successfully in the polymer industry.

 

5


Table of Contents

Proprietary Rights; Research and Development

 

We believe that the Johnson housemark and the Diversey trademark are important to our business. SCJ has granted us a license to use specified trade names, housemarks and trademarks that incorporate “Johnson,” including “Johnson Wax Professional,” and to use the “Johnson” name, with our owned trade name “Diversey,” in the commercial and industrial channels of trade. See “Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.” We own the Diversey trademark and have filed registrations of that trademark in various jurisdictions. These registrations are renewable, potentially indefinitely, as long as we continue to use the Diversey trademark. Other than the Johnson and Diversey marks, we do not believe that our overall business is materially dependent on any individual, trade name, trademark or patent.

 

In connection with our acquisition of the DiverseyLever business, we entered into several license agreements with Unilever under which Unilever granted us a license of specified trademarks, patents, design rights, copyrights and know-how used in the DiverseyLever business, including the “Lever” name, that were retained by Unilever. In addition, under a transferred technology license agreement, we have granted a license to Unilever to use specified intellectual property rights and patents and registered designs that were transferred to us in the acquisition. The licenses granted under these agreements generally terminate with the expiration of the particular patent, design right, copyright or know-how, unless terminated earlier. With respect to the Lever mark, the license terminated on November 2, 2004, but was extended, in certain specific circumstances, until May 2006.

 

Manufacturing expertise and innovative technologies are important to our business. In particular, our ability to compete effectively is materially dependent upon the technology used in the manufacturing process. We conduct most of our research and development activities at our research facilities located in Sturtevant, Wisconsin, Santa Cruz, California, Sharonville, Ohio, Utrecht, the Netherlands and Muenchwilen, Switzerland. We also have local development and application support in our Asia Pacific region, Latin America region, Japan and other locations in Europe. Through our research, we aim to improve the production processes in our manufacturing facilities, as well as to develop new, more innovative and competitive products, applications and processes and to provide technical assistance to customers to help them improve their operations. In addition, we have entered into a technology disclosure and license agreement with SCJ, under which each party may disclose to the other new technologies that it develops internally, acquires or licenses from third parties.

 

Substantially all of our principal products have been developed by our research and development and engineering personnel. The following table shows the research and development expenses for our professional and polymer businesses for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004, January 2, 2004, and January 3, 2003:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
December 31, 2004


   Fiscal Year Ended
January 2, 2004


   Fiscal Year Ended
January 3, 2003


     (in thousands)

Professional

   $ 60,928    $ 57,938    $ 45,330

Polymer

     14,355      14,860      16,803

 

Employees

 

As of March 4, 2005, we employed over 12,000 employees, of which about 3,000 were located in the United States.

 

About 3% of our employees in the United States are covered by a collective bargaining agreement, which expires in April 2007. In Europe, the majority of our employees are represented by labor unions and are covered by collective bargaining agreements. Collective bargaining agreements are generally renewable on an annual basis. In several European countries, local co-determination legislation or practice requires employees of companies that are over a specified size or that operate in more than one European country to be represented by a works council. Works

 

6


Table of Contents

councils typically meet between two and four times a year to discuss management plans or decisions that impact employment levels or conditions within the company, including closures of facilities. Certain employees in Australia, Japan, Latin America, New Zealand and South Africa also belong to labor unions and are covered by collective bargaining agreements. Local employment legislation may impose significant requirements in these and other jurisdictions, including consultation requirements.

 

We believe that we have a satisfactory working relationship with organized labor and employee works councils around the world and have not had any major work stoppages since incorporation in 1997.

 

Environmental Regulation

 

Our operations are regulated under a number of federal, state, local and foreign environmental and safety laws and regulations that govern, among other things, the discharge of hazardous materials into the air, soil and water as well as the use, handling, storage and disposal of these materials. These laws and regulations include the Clean Air Act, the Clean Water Act, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, and the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (“CERCLA”), as well as analogous state, local and foreign laws. Compliance with these environmental laws is a major consideration for us because we use hazardous materials in some of our manufacturing processes. In addition, because we are a generator of hazardous wastes, we, along with any other person who disposes or arranges for the disposal of our wastes, may be subject to financial exposure for costs associated with an investigation and any remediation of sites at which we have disposed or arranged for the disposal of hazardous wastes if those sites become contaminated, even if we fully complied with applicable environmental laws at the time of disposal. Furthermore, process wastewater from our manufacturing operations is discharged to various types of wastewater management systems. We may incur significant costs relating to contamination that may have been, or is currently being, caused by this practice. We are also subject to numerous federal, state, local and foreign laws that regulate the manufacture, storage, distribution and labeling of many of our products, including some of our disinfecting, sanitizing and antimicrobial products. Some of these laws require us to have operating permits for our production facilities, warehouse facilities and operations, and we may not have some of these permits or some of the permits we have may not be current. In the event of a violation of these laws, we may be liable for damages and for the costs of remedial actions and may also be subject to revocation, non-renewal or modification of our operating and discharge permits. Any such revocation, non-renewal or modification may require us to cease or limit the manufacture and sale of products at one or more of our facilities and may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Environmental laws may also become more stringent over time, imposing greater compliance costs and increasing risks and penalties associated with any violation, which also may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 

Environmental regulations most significant to us are summarized below:

 

Toxic Substances. We are subject to various federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations governing the production, transport and import of industrial chemicals. Notably, the Toxic Substances Control Act gives the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, or EPA, the authority to track, test and/or ban chemicals that may pose an environmental or human-health hazard. We are required to comply with certification, testing, labeling and transportation requirements associated with regulated chemicals. To date, compliance with these laws and regulations has not had a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

 

Pesticide Regulation. Some of our facilities are subject to various federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations governing the manufacture and/or use of pesticides. We manufacture and sell certain disinfecting and sanitizing products that kill microorganisms, such as bacteria, viruses and fungi. These products are considered “pesticides” or “antimicrobial pesticides” and, in the United States, are governed primarily by the Federal Insecticide Fungicide and Rodenticide Act, as amended by the Food Quality Protection Act of 1996. To register these products, we must meet various efficacy, toxicity and labeling requirements and must pay initial and on going registration fees. In addition, some states or foreign jurisdictions may impose taxes on sales of pesticides. Although the cost of maintaining and delays associated with pesticide registration have increased in recent years, compliance with the various laws and regulations governing the manufacture and sale of pesticides has not had a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

 

7


Table of Contents

Ingredient Regulation. Numerous federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations relate to the sale of products containing phosphorous or other ingredients that may impact human health and the environment. Specifically, the State of California has enacted Proposition 65, which requires us to disclose specified listed ingredient chemicals on the labels of our products. To date, compliance with these laws and regulations has not had a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

 

Other Environmental Regulation. Many of our facilities are subject to various federal, state, local or foreign laws and regulations governing the discharge, transportation, use, handling, storage and disposal of hazardous substances. In the United States, these statutes include the Clean Air Act, the Clean Water Act and the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act. We are also subject to the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986, including the Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act, which imposes reporting requirements when toxic substances are released into the environment. Each year we make various capital investments and expenditures necessary to comply with applicable laws and regulations and satisfy our environmental stewardship principles. To date, these investments and expenditures have not had a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. Planned capital expenditures for environmental equipment are expected to be approximately $6.5 million for fiscal year 2005.

 

Environmental Remediation and Proceedings. We may be jointly and severally liable under CERCLA or its state, local or foreign equivalent for the costs of environmental contamination on or from our properties and at off-site locations where we disposed of or arranged for the disposal or treatment of hazardous wastes. Along with several other potentially responsible parties, or PRPs, we are currently involved in waste disposal site clean-up activities at eight sites in the United States. Generally, CERCLA imposes joint and several liability on each PRP that actually contributed hazardous waste to a site. Customarily, PRPs will work with the EPA to agree on and implement a plan for site investigation and remediation. Based on our experience with these environmental proceedings, our estimate of the contribution to be made by other PRPs with the financial ability to pay their shares, and our third party indemnification rights at certain sites (including indemnities provided by SCJ), we believe that our share of the costs at these eight sites will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

 

In addition to the liabilities imposed by CERCLA or its state, local or foreign equivalent, we may be liable for costs of investigation and remediation of environmental contamination on or from our current or former properties or at off-site locations under numerous other federal, state, local and foreign laws. Our operations involve the handling, transportation and use of numerous hazardous substances. We are aware that there is or may be soil or groundwater contamination at some of our facilities resulting from past operations and practices. We are currently in the process of cleaning up soil and/or groundwater contamination at one of our facilities in the United States and one facility in the Netherlands. In addition, we have identified the likelihood of soil and/or groundwater contamination at eight other sites. Based on available information and our indemnification rights, explained below, we believe that the costs to investigate and remediate known contamination at these sites will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. In many of the foreign jurisdictions in which we operate, however, the laws that govern our operations are still undeveloped or evolving.

 

Many of the environmental laws and regulations discussed above apply to properties and operations of the DiverseyLever business that we acquired from Unilever in May 2002. Under the acquisition agreement, Unilever has made representations and warranties to us with respect to the DiverseyLever business and has agreed to indemnify us for damages in respect of breaches of its warranties and for specified types of environmental liabilities if the aggregate amounts of damages meet various dollar thresholds. Unilever will not be liable for any damages resulting from environmental matters (1) in the case of known environmental matters or breaches, that are less than $250,000 in the aggregate, and (2) in the case of unknown environmental matters or breaches, that are less than $50,000 individually and $2 million in the aggregate.

 

In the case of clause (1) above, we will bear the first $250,000 in damages. In the case of clause (2) above, once the $2 million threshold is reached, Unilever will not be liable for any occurrence where the damages are less than $50,000 or for the first $1 million of damages that exceed the $50,000 per occurrence threshold. In no event will Unilever be liable for any damages arising out of or resulting from environmental claims that exceed $250 million in the aggregate. We have submitted indemnification claims to Unilever regarding ten DiverseyLever locations and may file additional claims in the future. Although Unilever has acknowledged receipt of the

 

8


Table of Contents

indemnification claims, it has not notified us as to whether it will indemnify us for those claims. There can be no assurance that we will be able to recover any amounts relating to these indemnification claims, or any future indemnification claims, from Unilever.

 

Given the nature of our business, we believe that it is possible that, in the future, we will be subject to more stringent environmental laws or regulations that may result in restrictions imposed on our manufacturing, processing and distribution activities, which may result in possible violations, substantial fines, penalties, damages or other significant costs. The potential cost to us relating to environmental matters, including the cost of complying with the foregoing legislation and remediation of contamination, is uncertain due to such factors as the unknown magnitude and type of possible pollution and clean-up costs, the complexity and evolving nature of laws and regulations, including those outside the United States, and the timing, variable costs and effectiveness of alternative clean-up methods. We have accrued our best estimate of probable future costs relating to such known sites, but we cannot estimate at this time the costs associated with any contamination that may be discovered as a result of future investigations, and we cannot provide assurance that those costs or the costs of any required remediation will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

 

Environmental Permits and Licensing. In the ordinary course of our business, we are continually subject to environmental inspections and monitoring by governmental enforcement authorities. In addition, our production facilities, warehouse facilities and operations require operating permits that are subject to renewal, modification, and, in specified circumstances, revocation. We are aware that there may be noncompliance with permit or licensing requirements at some of our facilities. Based on available information and our indemnification rights, we believe that costs associated with our permit and licensing obligations will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

 

Product Registration and Compliance

 

Various federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations regulate some of our products and require us to register our products and to comply with specified requirements. In the United States, we must register our sanitizing and disinfecting products with the EPA. In addition, each state where these products are sold requires registration and payment of a fee. When we register these products, we must also submit to the EPA information regarding the chemistry, toxicology and antimicrobial efficacy for the agency’s review. Data must be consistent with the desired claims stated on the product label.

 

In addition, we are subject to various federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations that regulate products manufactured and sold by us for controlling microbial growth on humans, animals and processed foods. In the United States, these requirements are generally administered by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”). The FDA regulates the manufacture and sale of food, drugs and cosmetics, which includes antibacterial soaps and products used in food preparation establishments. The FDA requires companies to register antibacterial hand care products and imposes specific criteria that the products must meet in order to be marketed for these regulated uses. Before we are able to advertise our product as an antibacterial soap or food-related product, we must generate, and maintain in our possession, information about the product that is consistent with the appropriate FDA monograph. FDA monographs dictate the necessary requirements for various product types such as antimicrobial handsoaps. In addition, the FDA regulates the labeling of these products. If the FDA determines that any of our products do not meet their standards for an antibacterial product, we will not be able to market the product as an antibacterial product. Some of our business operations are subject to similar restrictions and obligations under an order of the U.S. Federal Trade Commission which was issued in 1999 and will remain in effect until at least 2019.

 

To date, the cost of complying with product registration and compliance has not had a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

 

9


Table of Contents

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

 

We have a total of 45 manufacturing facilities in 26 countries, including Argentina, Brazil, Canada, China, France, Germany, Italy, Japan, the Netherlands, Spain, Switzerland, Turkey, the U.K. and the U.S. Our principal manufacturing facilities for both our professional and polymer businesses are located at Waxdale in Sturtevant, Wisconsin. We lease these facilities from SCJ under leases expiring in 2009, with renewal options. See “Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Relationships with S.C. Johnson & Son—Leases.” Our corporate headquarters are also located in Sturtevant, Wisconsin. We believe our facilities are in good condition and are adequate to meet the existing production needs of our businesses.

 

The following table summarizes our principal plants and other physical properties that are important to our professional and polymer businesses. Unless indicated otherwise, all owned properties listed below are subject to mortgages.

 

     Approximate Square
Feet Occupied


          

Location


   Owned

    Leased

   

Principal Activity


  

Business

Used In


United States:

                     

Madera, California

         90,000     Manufacturing and warehouse    Professional

Garden Grove, California

         36,000     Manufacturing, warehouse and research and development    Professional

Santa Cruz, California

         75,000     Manufacturing and research and development    Professional

Seaford, Delaware

   46,000           Manufacturing    Polymer

Sharonville, Ohio

   284,000           Manufacturing and research and development    Professional

East Stroudsburg, Pennsylvania

   142,000           Manufacturing    Professional

Mt. Pleasant, Wisconsin

         365,000     Warehousing logistics    Professional

Sturtevant, Wisconsin

         144,000  **   Manufacturing    Polymer

Sturtevant, Wisconsin

         156,000     Logistics (warehouse, distribution)    Polymer

Sturtevant, Wisconsin

         180,000  **   Manufacturing    Professional

Sturtevant, Wisconsin

   278,000           International headquarters, data center and research and development    Professional
and Polymer

Watertown, Wisconsin

   125,000           Manufacturing    Professional

International:

                     

Villa Bosch, Argentina

   77,000           Manufacturing    Professional

Socorro, Brazil

   123,000  *   97,000     Manufacturing    Professional

London, Ontario, Canada

   193,000           Manufacturing    Professional

Guangdong, China

   75,000           Manufacturing    Professional

Villefranche-sur-Soane, France

   181,000  *         Manufacturing    Professional

Kirchheimbolanden, Germany

   302,000     86,000     Manufacturing    Professional

Bagnolo, Italy

   594,000  *         Manufacturing    Professional

Shizuoka-Ken, Kakegawa, Japan

   115,000           Manufacturing    Professional

Tsukuba, Japan

   25,000  *         Manufacturing    Professional

Enschede, The Netherlands

   289,000           Manufacturing    Professional

Heerenveen, The Netherlands

   140,000           European headquarters, manufacturing and logistics (warehouse, distribution)    Polymer

Utrecht, The Netherlands

   44,000     68,000     Office and research and development    Professional

Polinya, Spain

   240,000           Manufacturing    Professional

Valdemoro, Spain

         45,000     Manufacturing    Professional

Munchwilen, Switzerland

   112,000           Manufacturing    Professional

Gebze, Turkey

         50,000     Manufacturing    Professional

Cotes Park, United Kingdom

   583,000           Manufacturing and warehouse    Professional

* Property not mortgaged
** Leased from SCJ

 

10


Table of Contents

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

 

We are party to various legal proceedings in the ordinary course of our business which may, from time to time, include product liability, intellectual property, contract, environmental and tax claims as well as government or regulatory agency inquiries or investigations. We believe that, taking into account our insurance and reserves and the valid defenses with respect to legal matters currently pending against us, the ultimate resolution of these proceedings will not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

 

No matters were submitted to a vote of our security holders, through the solicitation of proxies or otherwise, during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2004.

 

11


Table of Contents

PART II

 

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

 

As of March 4, 2005, there were 24,422 shares of our common stock outstanding. Holdings owns all of the outstanding shares of our common stock, except for one share owned by SCJ. There is no established public trading market for our common stock.

 

The following table sets forth the amount of cash dividends we paid to our stockholders in fiscal years 2004 and 2003 on a per share basis:

 

     2004

   2003

January

   $ 107.96    $ —  

March

     179.31      —  

April

     —        107.35

May

     107.27      —  

June

     —        107.16

August

     107.76      —  

October

     —        107.17

December

     107.31      —  
    

  

     $ 609.61    $ 321.68
    

  

 

Cash dividends declared in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2003 were paid in January 2004. In March 2004, in addition to the regularly scheduled quarterly cash dividend, we paid our stockholders a special cash dividend of $72.07 per share to fund certain administrative expenses related to the senior discount note exchange offer concluded in February 2004. We intend to pay comparable cash dividends to our stockholders in the future. However, our ability to pay dividends is restricted by covenants in the indentures governing our senior subordinated notes and the senior secured credit facilities.

 

ITEM 6. SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA

 

Through fiscal year 2001, our fiscal year ended on the Friday nearest to June 30. In June 2002, we elected to report our results of operations on a 52/53 week year ending on the Friday nearest to December 31. Accordingly, references in this annual report to our fiscal year 2004 relate to the period from January 3, 2004, to December 31, 2004. Our fiscal year 2003 commenced on January 4, 2003 and ended January 2, 2004. Our fiscal year 2002 commenced on December 29, 2001 and ended on January 3, 2003. Our fiscal year 2001 commenced on July 1, 2000 and ended June 29, 2001. Operations included 52 weeks in fiscal years 2001, 2003 and 2004, and 53 weeks in fiscal year 2002. We also refer in this report to the six-month transition period which commenced on June 30, 2001 and ended on December 28, 2001, as the fiscal six months ended December 28, 2001.

 

We derived the following selected historical consolidated financial data (1) from our audited consolidated financial statements as of and for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004, January 2, 2004, January 3, 2003 and June 29, 2001, and (2) from our audited consolidated financial statements as of and for the fiscal six months ended December 28, 2001, and (3) from our unaudited consolidated financial statements for the six months ended December 29, 2000 and the twelve months ended December 28, 2001. Those audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”). You should read the following selected historical consolidated financial data in conjunction with the financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this annual report and with the information included in this annual report under “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

12


Table of Contents
    Fiscal Year Ended

    Twelve Months
Ended


    Six Months Ended

    Fiscal Year
Ended


 
    December 31,
2004


    January 2,
2004


    January 3,
2003(1)


    December 28,
2001
(unaudited)(2)(3)


    December 28,
2001(2)(3)


    December 29,
2000
(unaudited)(2)(3)


    June 29, 2001
(3)


 
    (dollars in thousands)  

Selected Income Statement Data:

                                                       

Net sales:

                                                       

Net product and service sales

  $ 3,080,428     $ 2,816,162     $ 2,093,646     $ 1,134,776     $ 548,979     $ 547,036     $ 1,132,833  

Sales agency fee income

    88,870       86,808       54,286       —         —         —         —    

Cost of sales (4)

    1,817,885       1,602,715       1,183,290       562,239       276,782       271,977       557,434  

Gross profit (5)

    1,351,413       1,300,255       964,642       572,537       272,197       275,059       575,399  

Selling, general and administrative expenses (4)

    1,104,308       1,065,015       793,645       467,771       228,445       232,462       471,788  

Research and development expenses

    75,283       72,798       62,133       37,796       18,586       19,432       38,642  

Restructuring expenses

    20,525       12,919       19,646       —         —         —         —    

Operating profit

    151,297       149,523       89,218       66,970       25,166       23,165       64,969  

Interest expense, net

    118,432       124,337       84,618       16,822       6,945       8,381       18,258  

Other (income) expense, net

    378       (9,821 )     (28,670 )     2,899       2,141       (3,403 )     (2,645 )

Provision for income taxes

    20,832       16,739       11,540       14,934       4,908       6,486       16,512  

Income from continuing operations

    11,370       18,006       22,045                                  

Income from discontinued operations

    2,296       6,135       7,523                                  

Net income

    13,666       24,141       29,568       32,194       11,147       11,560       32,607  

Selected Other Financial Data:

                                                       

EBITDA (6)

  $ 348,265     $ 327,943     $ 239,759     $ 109,247     $ 41,184     $ 49,300     $ 117,363  

Depreciation and amortization

    194,269       159,463       109,348       45,176       18,159       22,732       49,749  

Capital expenditures (7)

    129,802       135,153       111,886       54,349       32,929       40,371       61,791  

Net cash provided by operating activities

    198,776       275,678       231,020       126,138       10,373       25,823       141,588  

Net cash used in investing activities

    (73,319 )     (134,788 )     (1,468,514 )     (53,991 )     (31,063 )     (171,250 )     (194,178 )

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    (109,423 )     (203,608 )     1,360,875       (74,384 )     17,303       131,091       39,404  

Gross profit margin (5)

    42.6 %     44.8 %     44.9 %     50.5 %     49.6 %     50.3 %     50.8 %

Operating margin (8)

    4.8 %     5.2 %     4.2 %     5.9 %     4.6 %     4.2 %     5.7 %

 

     December 31,
2004


   January 2,
2004


   January 3,
2003


   December 28,
2001


   June 29,
2001


     (dollars in thousands)

Selected Balance Sheet Data:

                                  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 28,044    $ 24,543    $ 59,272    $ 8,093    $ 11,801

Accounts receivable, net

     556,245      647,956      544,665      161,619      183,308

Inventories

     281,752      263,397      260,983      99,082      89,473

Accounts payable

     429,868      360,548      328,561      139,623      151,568

Working capital (9)

     408,129      550,805      477,087      121,078      121,213

Property, plant and equipment, net

     566,961      595,483      561,835      207,060      208,288

Total assets

     3,611,426      3,665,327      3,383,385      926,284      913,548

Total debt, including current portion

     1,345,163      1,490,662      1,474,295      361,783      342,642

Stockholders’ equity

     1,045,825      994,895      833,033      209,660      226,537

(1) In May 2002, we acquired the DiverseyLever business from Unilever. As a result of the acquisition, results for our fiscal year 2002 include eight months of DiverseyLever results, and historical comparisons for years prior to our fiscal year 2002 are of limited relevance. See “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

13


Table of Contents
(2) Through fiscal year 2001, our fiscal year ended on the Friday nearest to June 30. In June 2002, we elected to report our results of operations on a 52/53 week year ending on the Friday nearest to December 31. We have included selected historical financial data for the six-month transition period ended December 28, 2001, and, for comparative purposes, we have included unaudited selected historical financial data for the twelve months ended December 28, 2001, and the six months ended December 29, 2000.
(3) In June 2004, we sold our subsidiary, Whitmire Micro-Gen Research Laboratories, Inc. Due to immateriality and the limited relevance of the historical information, the financial data for the fiscal periods prior to the fiscal year ended January 3, 2003 have not been restated to show the effects of this discontinued operation.
(4) We include distribution costs in our cost of sales. Accordingly, in the above selected historical consolidated financial data for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004, January 2, 2004, and January 3, 2003, distribution costs of $294 million, $270 million and $201 million, respectively, are included in costs of sales. For periods prior to fiscal year 2002, we included our distribution costs in selling, general and administrative expenses. In the above selected historical consolidated financial data, distribution costs of $90.5 million for the twelve months ended December 28, 2001, $45.5 million for the six months ended December 28, 2001, $43.3 million for the six months ended December 29, 2000 and $88.8 million for the fiscal year ended June 29, 2001 are included in selling, general and administrative expenses.
(5) Gross profit equals net sales less cost of sales. Gross profit margin is gross profit as a percentage of net sales. As stated in footnote 4 above, distribution costs are included in selling, general and administrative expenses for the twelve months ended December 28, 2001, the six months ended December 28, 2001, and December 29, 2000, and the fiscal year ended June 29, 2001, and therefore, excluded from cost of sales and the calculations of gross profit and gross profit margin for those periods. Conversely, distribution costs are included in cost of sales and, therefore, our calculations of gross profit and gross profit margin for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004, January 2, 2004, and January 3, 2003. Gross profit and gross profit margin for those periods in which distribution costs were excluded from cost of sales is not comparable to gross profit and gross profit margin for those periods in which distribution costs were included in cost of sales. In addition, because some other companies include costs related to their distribution network in cost of sales and, accordingly, in their calculations of gross profit and gross profit margin, our gross profit and gross profit margin for the twelve months ended December 28, 2001, the six months ended December 28, 2001, and December 29, 2000, and the fiscal year ended June 29, 2001 may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies.
(6) EBITDA is a non-U.S. GAAP financial measure, and you should not consider EBITDA as an alternative to U.S. GAAP financial measures such as (a) operating profit or net profit as a measure of our operating performance or (b) cash flows provided by operating, investing and financing activities (as determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP) as a measure of our ability to meet cash needs.

 

We believe that, in addition to cash flows from operating activities, EBITDA is a useful financial measurement for assessing liquidity as it provides management, investors, lenders and financial analysts with an additional basis to evaluate our ability to incur and service debt and to fund capital expenditures. In addition, various covenants under our credit facilities are based on EBITDA, as adjusted pursuant to the provisions of those facilities.

 

In evaluating EBITDA, management considers, among other things, the amount by which EBITDA exceeds interest costs for the period, how EBITDA compares to principal repayments on outstanding debt for the period and how EBITDA compares to capital expenditures for the period. Management believes many investors, lenders and financial analysts evaluate EBITDA for similar purposes. To evaluate EBITDA, the components of EBITDA, such as net sales and operating expenses and the variability of such components over time, should also be considered.

 

14


Table of Contents

Accordingly, we believe that the inclusion of EBITDA in this annual report permits a more comprehensive analysis of our liquidity relative to other companies and our ability to service debt requirements. Because all companies do not calculate EBITDA identically, the presentation of EBITDA in this annual report may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies.

 

EBITDA should not be construed as a substitute for, and should be read together with, net cash flows provided by operating activities as determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The following table reconciles EBITDA to net cash flows provided by operating activities, which is the U.S. GAAP measure most comparable to EBITDA, for each of the periods for which EBITDA is presented.

 

     Fiscal Year Ended

    Twelve Months
Ended


    Six Months Ended

    Fiscal Year
Ended


 
     December 31,
2004


    January 2,
2004


    January 3,
2003


    December 28,
2001
(unaudited)


    December 28,
2001


    December 29,
2000
(unaudited)


    June 29, 2001

 
     (dollars in thousands)  

Net cash flows provided by operating activities

   $ 198,776     $ 275,678     $ 231,020     $ 126,138     $ 10,373     $ 25,823     $ 141,588  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects from acquisitions and divestitures of businesses

     3,664       (113,630 )     (103,832 )     (57,822 )     13,334       8,857       (62,299 )

Depreciation and amortization expense

     (194,269 )     (159,463 )     (109,348 )     (45,176 )     (18,159 )     (22,732 )     (49,749 )

Amortization of debt issuance costs

     (12,464 )     (13,126 )     (5,951 )     —         —         —         —    

Interest accrued on long- term receivables–related parties

     3,399       4,365       1,417       —         —         —         —    

Changes in deferred income taxes

     16,126       39,656       11,271       9,997       7,107       (2,884 )     6  

Gain from divestitures

     2,099       3,372       11,921       —         —         2,979       2,979  

Gain (loss) on property disposals

     936       (12,026 )     (11,626 )     —         —         —         —    

Other

     (4,601 )     (685 )     4,696       (943 )     (1,508 )     (483 )     82  
    


 


 


 


 


 


 


Net income

     13,666       24,141       29,568       32,194       11,147       11,560       32,607  

Minority interests in net income (loss) of subsidiaries

     285       262       (315 )     121       25       141       237  

Provision for income taxes

     21,613       19,774       16,662       14,934       4,908       6,486       16,512  

Interest expenses, net

     118,432       124,303       84,496       16,822       6,945       8,381       18,258  

Depreciation and amortization expense

     194,269       159,463       109,348       45,176       18,159       22,732       49,749  
    


 


 


 


 


 


 


EBITDA

   $ 348,265     $ 327,943     $ 239,759     $ 109,247     $ 41,184     $ 49,300     $ 117,363  
    


 


 


 


 


 


 



(7) Capital expenditures include expenditures for capitalized computer software.
(8) Operating margin is operating profit as a percentage of net sales.
(9) Working capital is defined as net accounts receivable plus inventories less accounts payable.

 

15


Table of Contents

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

Executive Overview

 

We are a leading global marketer and manufacturer of cleaning, hygiene and appearance products and related services for the institutional and industrial cleaning and sanitation market. We are also a leading global supplier of environmentally compliant, water-based acrylic polymer resins for the industrial printing and packaging, coatings and plastics markets. We sell our products in more than 140 countries through our direct sales force, wholesalers and third-party distributors. Our sales are balanced geographically, with our principal markets being Europe, North America and Japan. For financial statement reporting purposes, our business is comprised of two operating segments: professional and polymer.

 

In our fiscal year 2004, we continued to increase net sales, overcoming a challenging competitive and economic landscape while continuing to realize significant benefits from our on-going restructuring and integration programs. For the year ended December 31, 2004, net sales increased $266 million, or 9.2%, as compared to the prior year. Key contributors to our growth in net sales include the strengthening of the euro and certain other foreign currencies against the U.S. dollar ($170 million), the impact of our November 2003 acquisition of Daisan Kogyo Co., Ltd. ($46.2 million), volume growth in Europe, Japan and Asia Pacific driven by new customer wins, and volume growth in the polymer segment due to increased global demand. As indicated in the following table, excluding the impact of foreign currency exchange rates and acquisitions and divestitures, net sales growth for our fiscal year 2004 increased 2.1% as compared to our fiscal year 2003.

 

     Fiscal Year Ended

       

(dollars in thousands)

 

   December 31, 2004

    January 2, 2004

    Change

 

Net Sales

   $ 3,169,298     $ 2,902,970     9.2 %

Variance due to:

                      

Foreign currency exchange

     —         170,495        

Acquisitions and divestitures

     (50,921 )     (19,241 )      
    


 


     
       (50,921 )     151,254        
    


 


     
     $ 3,118,377     $ 3,054,224     2.1 %
    


 


     

 

For the year ended December 31, 2004, our gross margins declined in both business segments as compared to the prior years as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended

 
     December 31, 2004

    January 2, 2004

    January 3, 2003

 

Consolidated

   42.6 %   44.8 %   44.9 %
    

 

 

Professional Segment

   44.2 %   46.0 %   46.0 %

Polymer Segment

   28.4 %   33.0 %   36.4 %

 

The reductions in gross margin were most evident in our polymer segment where raw material prices have continued to escalate, driven by higher crude oil and natural gas costs, as well as industry cyclical factors that are causing demand to outstrip supply. In our professional segment, an unfavorable product mix, particularly in Europe, Japan and Latin America, adversely impacted gross margins. In addition, increased crude oil and natural gas costs negatively affected our floorcare business where acrylic based polymers are common in product formulations. We have also experienced escalating freight and transportation costs in North America, which is attributable to the rise in crude oil prices.

 

We have implemented focused price increases to recover, to the fullest extent possible, the raw material cost increases. In addition, we intend to implement incentives and training programs designed to improve our product mix and continue our aggressive global cost reduction programs to lift gross margins.

 

16


Table of Contents

The successful integration of the DiverseyLever acquisition continued in 2004. Efficiencies and cost reductions generated from restructuring and integration programs added to the growth in income from continuing operations, and have offset the gross profit margin impact from competitive and economic factors and a less profitable product mix. We continue to track ahead of schedule in achieving our targeted cost savings from the multi-year restructuring and integration program, which are expected to be at least $215 million by the end of our fiscal year 2005.

 

In June 2004, we sold Whitmire Micro-Gen Research Laboratories, Inc. (“Whitmire”), our wholly-owned subsidiary that manufactured and supplied insecticides and equipment to the professional pest management industry in the U.S., to Sorex Holdings, Ltd., a leading European pest-control manufacturer headquartered in the U.K. As previously disclosed, we had determined that the Whitmire business was not part of our overall corporate strategic focus and, therefore, had been actively seeking a buyer. The transaction resulted in a net gain of $1.0 million, net of tax, with the proceeds of $46.0 million used to reduce debt. We have classified the Whitmire business as a discontinued operation and have restated the consolidated statements of income for the prior two years.

 

Throughout fiscal year 2004, our management team focused on maximizing the cash flows of the business, reducing term debt and further improving the management of working capital and global cash balances. This commitment was evident through the generation of $199 million in cash flows from operations, the repayment of $156 million in term debt, and an improvement in working capital of $143 million, while, at the same time, complying with our debt covenants. The improvements to cash flows from operations and working capital were impacted by the proceeds of the Whitmire divestiture and an increase of our receivables securitization program to $130 million at December 31, 2004 from $95.2 million at January 2, 2004, primarily from the addition of our Italian subsidiary to the program in January 2004. Partially offsetting these improvements was a $63.7 million increase in short-term borrowings to fund operations.

 

Critical Accounting Policies

 

The preparation of our financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reported periods. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. We believe the accounting policies that are most critical to our financial condition and results of operations that involve management’s judgment and/or evaluation of inherent uncertain factors are as follows:

 

Revenue Recognition. We recognize revenue on product sales when risk of loss and title to the product is transferred to the customer, substantially all of which occurs at the time shipment is made. We record an estimated reduction to revenue for customer discount programs and incentive offerings, including allowances and other volume-based incentives. If market conditions were to decline, we may take actions to increase customer incentive offerings, possibly resulting in a reduction of gross profit margins in the period during which the incentive is offered.

 

In arriving at net sales, we estimate the amounts of sales deductions likely to be earned by customers in conjunction with incentive programs such as volume rebates and other discounts. Such estimates are based on written agreements and historical trends and are reviewed periodically for possible revision based on changes in facts and circumstances.

 

Estimating Reserves and Allowances. We estimate inventory reserves based on periodic reviews of our inventory balances to identify slow-moving or obsolete items. This determination is based on a number of factors, including new product introductions, changes in customer demand patterns and historic usage trends.

 

We estimate the allowance for doubtful accounts by analyzing accounts receivable balances by age, applying historical trend rates, analyzing market conditions and specifically reserving for identified customer balances, based on known facts, which are deemed probable as uncollectible. For larger accounts greater than 90 days past due, an allowance for doubtful accounts is recorded based on a customer’s ability and likelihood to pay based on management’s review of the facts. For all other customers, we recognize an allowance based on the length of time the receivable is past due based on historical experience.

 

17


Table of Contents

We accrue for losses associated with litigation and environmental claims based on management’s best estimate of future costs when such losses are probable and reasonably estimable. We record those costs based on what management believes is the most probable amount of the liability within the ranges or, where no amount within the range is a better estimate of the potential liability, at the minimum amount within the range. The accruals are adjusted as further information becomes available or circumstances change.

 

Pension and Post-Retirement Benefits. We sponsor pension and post-retirement plans in various countries, including the United States, which are separately funded. Several statistical and judgmental factors, which attempt to anticipate future events, are used in calculating the expense and liability related to the plans. These factors include assumptions about the discount rate, expected return on plan assets, rate of future compensation increases and healthcare cost trends, as determined by us and our actuaries. In addition, our actuarial consultants also use subjective factors, such as withdrawal and mortality rates, to estimate these factors. The actuarial assumptions used by us may differ materially from actual results due to changing market and economic conditions, higher or lower withdrawal rates, longer or shorter life spans of participants and changes in actual costs of healthcare. Actual results may significantly affect the amount of pension and other post-retirement benefit expenses recorded by us.

 

Goodwill and Long-Lived Assets. We periodically review long-lived assets, including non-amortizing intangible assets and goodwill, for impairment and assess whether significant events or changes in business circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the assets may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognized when the carrying amount of an asset exceeds the anticipated future undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition. The amount of the impairment loss to be recorded, if any, is calculated by the excess of the asset’s carrying value over its estimated fair value. Management also periodically reassesses the estimated remaining useful lives of its amortizing intangible assets and its other long-lived assets. Changes to estimated useful lives would impact the amount of depreciation and amortization expense recorded in our consolidated financial statements. We annually complete a fair value impairment analysis of goodwill and non-amortizing intangible assets. Moreover, where indicators of impairment are identified for long-lived assets, we would prepare a future undiscounted cash flows analysis. There were no known impairments or indicators of impairment identified during the years ended December 31, 2004, January 2, 2004 or January 3, 2003 that had a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

For an additional discussion of our critical accounting policies and a discussion of new accounting pronouncements, see note 2 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report.

 

18


Table of Contents

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2004, Compared to Fiscal Year Ended January 2, 2004

 

Net Sales:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended

   Change

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

   December 31, 2004

   January 2, 2004

   Amount

   Percentage

 

Net product and service sales:

                           

Professional

   $ 2,772,593    $ 2,549,673    $ 222,920    8.7 %

Polymer (1)

     307,835      266,489      41,346    15.5 %
    

  

  

  

       3,080,428      2,816,162      264,266    9.4 %

Sales agency fee income

     88,870      86,808      2,062    2.4 %
    

  

  

  

     $ 3,169,298    $ 2,902,970    $ 266,328    9.2 %
    

  

  

  


(1) Excludes inter-segment sales to the professional segment

 

    The strengthening of the euro and certain other foreign currencies against the U.S. dollar contributed $162 million ($152 million for the professional segment and $9.8 million for the polymer segment) to the increase in net product and service sales for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004 as compared to the prior year.

 

    Excluding the foreign currency impact, professional segment net product and service sales increased by $70.6 million, or 2.6%, for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004 as compared to the prior year, primarily due to the impact of recent acquisitions, most notably Daisan Kogyo Co., Ltd. ($46.2 million), and volume growth in the Asia Pacific region (7.7%) from expansion into the developing markets in India and China, as well as in Thailand, Australia and New Zealand. This growth was partially offset by reduced volumes in North America, primarily in the first half of the year, due to competitive global pricing pressures, consolidation in the food and beverage industry and lower budgeted government and education spending. All other regions showed a slight improvement in net sales or were flat as compared to the prior year.

 

    Excluding the foreign currency impact, polymer segment net sales increased by $31.5 million, or 11.4%, for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004 as compared to the prior year, primarily as a result of volume growth of 11.0%, mainly in the Asia Pacific and North America regions.

 

    Excluding a $8.4 million increase from the strengthening of the euro and certain other foreign currencies against the U.S. dollar, net sales under our sales agency agreement with Unilever decreased $6.3 million, or 6.6%, for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004 as compared to the prior year primarily due to certain brand disposals by Unilever in the European and Asia Pacific markets.

 

Gross Profit:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended

    Change

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

   December 31, 2004

    January 2, 2004

    Amount

    Percentage

 

Professional

   $ 1,263,869     $ 1,212,329     $ 51,540     4.3 %

Polymer

     87,544       87,926       (382 )   -0.4 %
    


 


 


 

       1,351,413       1,300,255       51,158     3.9 %
    


 


 


 

Gross profit as a% of net sales:

                              

Professional

     44.2 %     46.0 %              

Polymer

     28.4 %     33.0 %              
    


 


             
       42.6 %     44.8 %              
    


 


             

 

19


Table of Contents
    The strengthening of the euro and certain other foreign currencies against the U.S. dollar increased gross profits by $75.0 million ($72.1 million for the professional segment and $2.9 million for the polymer segment) for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004 as compared to the prior year.

 

    The reductions in gross margin were most evident in our polymer segment, where our products are formulated from solvents, acrylates and resins that include propylene, ethylene and benzene, all of which are dependent on the price of crude oil and natural gas. Styrene costs, a key raw material in our polymer business, are currently at a level more than 50% above their peak in 2003. Another contributor to the rise in raw material costs and the availability of product is a cyclical mismatch in demand and supply for these materials in the marketplace. As costs have increased, the polymer segment has trended toward an unfavorable product mix from customers substituting lower margin products for specialty polymers.

 

    In our professional segment, the primary driver of the gross margin decline was an unfavorable product and services mix, primarily in Europe, Japan and Latin America, where lower margin products or services are being substituted for higher margin products. Increased crude oil and natural gas costs also negatively affected our floorcare business, where acrylic based polymers are more common in product formulations. The segment was also adversely impacted by higher freight and transportation costs, primarily in North America, which is attributable to the rise in crude oil prices, and additional depreciation expense ($12.8 million) resulting from a change in accounting estimate of dishwashing equipment useful lives.

 

    We have implemented focused price increases to recover, to the extent possible, raw material cost increases. In addition, we intend to implement incentives and training programs designed to improve our product mix and continue our aggressive global cost reduction programs to lift gross margins.

 

Operating Expenses:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended

    Change

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

   December 31, 2004

    January 2, 2004

    Amount

   Percentage

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

   $ 1,104,308     $ 1,065,015     $ 39,293    3.7 %

Research and development expenses

     75,283       72,798       2,485    3.4 %

Restructuring expenses

     20,525       12,919       7,606    58.9 %
    


 


 

  

     $ 1,200,116     $ 1,150,732     $ 49,384    4.3 %
    


 


 

  

As a percentage of net sales:

                             

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     34.8 %     36.7 %             

Research and development expenses

     2.4 %     2.5 %             

Restructuring expenses

     0.6 %     0.4 %             
    


 


            
       37.9 %     39.6 %             
    


 


            

 

    The strengthening of the euro and certain other foreign currencies against the U.S. dollar increased operating expenses by $58.0 million ($54.3 million in selling, general and administrative expenses, $2.5 million in research and development expenses and $1.2 million in restructuring expenses) for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004 as compared to the prior year.

 

    Excluding the impact of foreign currency, selling, general and administrative expenses decreased $15.1 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004 as compared to the prior year. Cost reductions are primarily due to synergies from restructuring and integration programs and an adjustment in pension plan costs ($5.8 million) related to census data and plan curtailments in Brazil and the U.K. These decreases more than offset the incremental operating expenses from the Daisan Kogyo Co., Ltd. acquisition ($11.6 million), as well as increases in capital software amortization costs related to projects placed into service in 2003, legal and other professional fees, employee benefit costs, particularly in North America, and other wages and costs.

 

20


Table of Contents

Restructuring and Integration:

 

During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, we recorded $20.5 million of restructuring costs and $25.3 million of selling, general and administrative expenses related to our restructuring and integration programs in our consolidated statement of income. These costs consisted primarily of severance costs recorded for employees terminated as part of approved integration projects, including the closure of facilities and organizational restructuring in the United States ($10.0 million) and initiatives in the Netherlands and Spain ($7.0 million) as we continued to consolidate our operations.

 

A summary of costs associated with the restructuring and integration program for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004 and January 2, 2004 and from inception is outlined below. The reserve balance shown below reflects the aggregate reserves for restructuring costs.

 

     Fiscal Year Ended

   

Total Project to
Date May 4, 2002 -

December 31, 2004


 

(dollars in thousands)

 

   December 31, 2004

    January 2, 2004

   

Reserve balance at beginning of period

   $ 34,798     $ 68,858     $ —    

Exit costs recorded as purchase accounting adjustments

     —         10,480       80,574  

Restructuring costs charged to income

     20,525       12,919       53,090  

Liability adjustments

     (4,337 )     —         (4,337 )

Payments of accrued costs

     (41,978 )     (57,459 )     (120,319 )
    


 


 


Reserve balance at end of period

   $ 9,008     $ 34,798     $ 9,008  
    


 


 


Period costs classified as cost of sales

   $ —       $ 2,420     $ 4,878  

Period costs classified as selling, general and administrative expenses

     25,332       43,137       100,000  

Capital expenditures

     39,205       55,535       110,418  

 

Non-Operating Results:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended

    Change

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

   December 31, 2004

    January 2, 2004

    Amount

    Percentage

 

Interest expense

   $ 124,705     $ 131,372     $ (6,667 )   -5.1 %

Interest income

     (6,273 )     (7,035 )     762     -10.8 %
    


 


 


 

Net interest expense

     118,432       124,337       (5,905 )   -4.7 %

Other (income) expense, net

     378       (9,821 )     10,199     —    

 

    Net interest expense decreased for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004 as compared to the prior year primarily due to the reduction in total debt outstanding and reduction in interest rates resulting from the August 2003 and February 2004 amendments to our senior secured credit facilities. This reduction was partially offset by increased debt issuance cost amortization expense related to the pre-payment of debt from the Whitmire divestiture and the expansion of our receivable securitization facility to our Italian operations.

 

    Other expense, net, for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004 included net losses from foreign currency transactions ($3.4 million) and non-recoverable sales tax assessments related to prior years ($1.1 million), offset by compensation received from Unilever on the partial termination of our sales agency agreement with Unilever under terms provided for by such agreement and as a result of the disposal by Unilever of certain of its brands ($3.6 million) and net gains on the sale of certain product lines ($1.1 million).

 

21


Table of Contents
    Other income, net, for the fiscal year ended January 2, 2004 primarily included net gains from foreign currency translation and transactions ($7.1 million) and sales of certain product lines ($3.4 million).

 

Income Taxes:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended

    Change

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

   December 31, 2004

    January 2, 2004

    Amount

    Percentage

 

Income before taxes and discontinued operations excluding minority interests

   $ 32,202     $ 34,745     $ (2,543 )   -7.3 %

Provision for income taxes

     20,832       16,739       4,093     24.5 %

Effective income tax rate

     64.7 %     48.2 %              

 

    The provision for income taxes increased as compared to the prior year primarily due to the decision to begin to remit earnings of certain foreign subsidiaries to the Company. An increase in income tax expense results from this decision since the foreign subsidiaries were, collectively, subject to a rate of tax lower than the U.S. statutory tax rate.

 

Net Income:

 

Net income decreased by $10.5 million, or 43.4%, to $13.7 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004 as compared to $24.1 million for fiscal year ended January 2, 2004, primarily due to a 220 basis point decrease in gross margin percentage, higher depreciation and amortization expense resulting from a change in accounting estimate for dishwashing machines ($12.8 million), and an increase in income tax expense ($4.1 million), primarily attributable to a non-cash charge for removing the permanently invested status for earnings of certain foreign subsidiaries, all as previously discussed.

 

EBITDA:

 

EBITDA increased by $20.3 million, or 6.2%, to $348 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, as compared to $328 million for fiscal year ended January 2, 2004, primarily due to the $266 million increase in net sales and a $7.6 million net decrease in restructuring related expenses, partially offset by a 220 basis point decrease in gross margin percentage. For a discussion of EBITDA and a reconciliation of EBITDA to net cash flows provided by operating activities, see “Item 6. Selected Historical Financial Data.”

 

Fiscal Year Ended January 2, 2004, Compared to Fiscal Year Ended January 3, 2003

 

Net Sales:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended

   Change

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

   January 2, 2004

   January 3, 2003

   Amount

   Percentage

 

Net product and service sales:

                           

Professional

   $ 2,549,673    $ 1,848,709    $ 700,964    37.9 %

Polymer (1)

     266,489      244,937      21,552    8.8 %
    

  

  

  

       2,816,162      2,093,646      722,516    34.5 %

Sales agency fee income

     86,808      54,286      32,522    59.9 %
    

  

  

  

     $ 2,902,970    $ 2,147,932    $ 755,038    35.2 %
    

  

  

  


(1) Excludes inter-segment sales to the professional segment

 

22


Table of Contents
    The strengthening of the euro and certain other foreign currencies against the U.S. dollar contributed $168 million ($152 million for the professional segment and $15.9 million for the polymer segment) to the increase in net product and service sales for the fiscal year ended January 2, 2004 as compared to the fiscal year ended January 3, 2003.

 

    Excluding the foreign currency impact, professional segment net sales increased by $549 million, or 27.4%, for the fiscal year ended January 2, 2004 as compared to the fiscal year ended January 3, 2003 primarily due to the impact of acquisition of the DiverseyLever business in May 2002.

 

    The professional segment was negatively impacted in fiscal years 2002 and 2003 by slow recoveries from the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001, and the SARS epidemic, both of which reduced international travel and tourism, and poor economic conditions that depressed demand in key business sectors in North America and certain western European countries.

 

    Excluding the foreign currency impact, polymer segment net sales increased by $5.7 million, or 2.2%, for the fiscal year ended January 2, 2004 as compared to the fiscal year ended January 3, 2003, primarily as a result of volume growth of 2%, mainly in the Asia Pacific and North America regions and in Japan.

 

    Excluding a $7.6 million increase from the strengthening of the euro and certain other foreign currencies against the U.S. dollar, net sales under our sales agency agreement with Unilever increased $25.0 million, or 40.4%, for the fiscal year ended January 2, 2004 as compared to the fiscal year ended January 3, 2003, primarily due to the impact of acquisition of the DiverseyLever business in 2002.

 

Gross Profit:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended

    Change

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

   January 2, 2004

    January 3, 2003

    Amount

    Percentage

 

Professional

   $ 1,212,329     $ 875,419     $ 336,910     38.5 %

Polymer

     87,926       89,223       (1,297 )   -1.5 %
    


 


 


 

       1,300,255       964,642       335,613     34.8 %
    


 


 


 

Gross profit as a % of net sales:

                              

Professional

     46.0 %     46.0 %              

Polymer

     33.0 %     36.4 %              
    


 


             
       44.8 %     44.9 %              
    


 


             

 

    The strengthening of the euro and certain other foreign currencies against the U.S. dollar increased gross profits by $16.8 million ($11.8 million for the professional segment and $5.0 million for the polymer segment) for the fiscal year ended January 2, 2004 as compared to the fiscal year ended January 3, 2003.

 

    Excluding the foreign currency impact, the professional segment’s gross profit increased by $325 million, or 36.6%, for the fiscal year ended January 2, 2004 as compared to the fiscal year ended January 3, 2003, primarily due to the impact of acquisition of the DiverseyLever business and supply chain synergy savings, such as additional volume purchase discounts and more efficient production and distribution processes, partially offset by unfavorable product mix and under-recovery of cost increases.

 

    Excluding the foreign currency impact, the polymer segment’s gross profit decreased by $6.3 million, or 6.6%, for the fiscal year ended January 2, 2004 as compared to the fiscal year ended January 3, 2003, primarily due to the decline in global average selling prices and the impact of higher raw material costs, partially offset by the volume increase discussed above.

 

23


Table of Contents

Operating Expenses:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended

    Change

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

   January 2, 2004

    January 3, 2003

    Amount

    Percentage

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

   $ 1,065,015     $ 793,645     $ 271,370     34.2 %

Research and development expenses

     72,798       62,133       10,665     17.2 %

Restructuring expenses

     12,919       19,646       (6,727 )   -34.2 %
    


 


 


 

     $ 1,150,732     $ 875,424     $ 275,308     31.4 %
    


 


 


 

As a percentage of net sales:

                              

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     36.7 %     36.9 %              

Research and development expenses

     2.5 %     2.9 %              

Restructuring expenses

     0.4 %     0.9 %              
    


 


             
       39.6 %     40.8 %              
    


 


             

 

    The strengthening of the euro and certain other foreign currencies against the U.S. dollar increased operating expenses by $61.7 million ($55.6 million in selling, general and administrative expenses, $4.1 million in research and development expenses and $2.0 million in restructuring expenses) for the fiscal year ended January 2, 2004 as compared to the fiscal year ended January 3, 2003.

 

    Excluding the impact of foreign currency, selling, general and administrative expenses increased by $216 million, or 25.4%, for the fiscal year ended January 2, 2004 as compared to the fiscal year ended January 3, 2003, primarily due to the impact of acquisition of the DiverseyLever business, partially offset by synergies realized from the DiverseyLever acquisition and cost reduction programs. Integration-related costs of $43.1 million were recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses during the fiscal year ended January 3, 2004, consisting primarily of employee severance, information technology and facility-related costs, an increase of $11.6 million compared to the fiscal year ended January 3, 2003.

 

    Excluding the impact of foreign currency, research and development expenses increased by $6.5 million, or 9.9%, for the fiscal year ended January 2, 2004 as compared to the fiscal year ended January 3, 2003, primarily due to the impact of acquisition of the DiverseyLever business,

 

Restructuring and Integration:

 

During the fiscal year ended January 2, 2004, we recorded $10.5 million of exit costs as purchase accounting adjustments, $12.9 million of restructuring costs and $43.1 million of selling, general and administrative expenses related to our restructuring and integration programs in our consolidated statement of income. These costs consisted primarily of $20.0 million in information technology implementation projects in Western Europe, Latin America and Japan, as well as our corporate headquarters, $16.8 million in involuntary termination and outplacement costs associated with the consolidation of global operations, $6.2 million in facility closure and asset write-down costs and $4.6 million related to the consolidation of the North American supply chain operations.

 

Restructuring expenses of $19.6 million were incurred in the fiscal year ended January 3, 2003 in connection with a restructuring plan developed primarily for the purpose of realizing headcount reductions and rationalizing facilities resulting from the acquisition. In connection with this plan, we incurred $11.0 million of expenses pertaining primarily to planned employee terminations and we also incurred $8.6 million of expenses for the elimination of redundant facilities as part of the overall restructuring plan.

 

A summary of all costs associated with the restructuring and integration program for the fiscal years ended January 2, 2004 and January 3, 2003 and from inception is outlined below. The reserve balance shown below reflects the aggregate reserves for restructuring costs.

 

24


Table of Contents
     Fiscal Year Ended

   

Total Project to
Date May 4, 2002 -
January 2, 2004


 

(dollars in thousands)

 

   January 2, 2004

    January 3, 2003

   

Reserve balance at beginning of period

   $ 68,858     $ —       $ —    

Exit costs recorded as purchase accounting adjustments

     10,480       70,094       80,574  

Restructuring costs charged to income

     12,919       19,646       32,565  

Payments of accrued costs

     (57,459 )     (20,882 )     (78,341 )
    


 


 


Reserve balance at end of period

   $ 34,798     $ 68,858     $ 34,798  
    


 


 


Period costs classified as cost of sales

   $ 2,420     $ 2,458     $ 4,878  

Period costs classified as selling, general and administrative expenses

     43,137       31,531       74,668  

Capital expenditures

     55,535       15,678       71,213  

 

Non-Operating Results:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended

    Change

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

   January 2, 2004

    January 3, 2003

    Amount

    Percentage

 

Interest expense

   $ 131,372     $ 90,436     $ 40,936     45.3 %

Interest income

     (7,035 )     (5,818 )     (1,217 )   20.9 %
    


 


 


 

Net interest expense

     124,337       84,618       39,719     46.9 %

Other (income) expense, net

     (9,821 )     (28,670 )     18,849     —    

 

    Net interest expense increased for the fiscal year ended January 2, 2004 as compared to the fiscal year ended January 3, 2003. To fund the acquisition of the DiverseyLever business in May 2002, we incurred $1.4 billion of debt under the senior secured credit facilities and the senior subordinated notes. Due to the timing of the borrowings, the increased debt level was in place for only eight of the twelve months in the year ended January 3, 2003, versus for the entire year ended January 2, 2004. In addition, we wrote-off $5.1 million of debt issuance costs in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2003.

 

    Other income, net, for the fiscal year ended January 2, 2004 primarily included net gains from foreign currency translation and transactions ($7.1 million) and sales of certain product lines ($3.4 million).

 

    Other income, net, for the fiscal year ended January 3, 2003 primarily included a net hedging gain on a forward-purchase contract of euros related to the acquisition of DiverseyLever ($15.7 million), a gain on the sale of a non-strategic dishwashing detergent product line ($9.6 million), a net gain on the sale of a non-strategic adhesives production line ($2.3 million) and a net gain from foreign currency transactions ($3.2 million), partially offset by a loss on the devaluation of the Argentine peso ($3.1 million).

 

Income Taxes:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended

    Change

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

   January 2, 2004

    January 3, 2003

    Amount

   Percentage

 

Income before taxes and discontinued operations excluding minority interests

   $ 34,745     $ 33,585     $ 1,160    3.5 %

Provision for income taxes

     16,739       11,540       5,199    45.1 %

Effective income tax rate

     48.2 %     34.4 %             

 

25


Table of Contents
    The provision for income taxes increased for the fiscal year ended January 2, 2004 as compared to the fiscal year ended January 3, 2003, primarily due to an increase in the effective tax rate from not providing a current tax benefit for certain U.S. foreign tax credits that are not expected to be utilized prior to expiration.

 

Net Income:

 

Net income decreased by $5.4 million, or 18.4%, to $24.1 million for the fiscal year ended January 2, 2004 as compared to $29.6 million for fiscal year ended January 3, 2003, primarily due to a $271 million increase in selling, general and administrative expenses, a $10.7 million increase in research and development expense, a $39.7 million increase in net interest expense and a $18.8 million decrease in other income, partially offset by a $336 million increase in gross profit resulting from increased sales, all as previously discussed.

 

EBITDA:

 

EBITDA increased by $88.2 million to $328 million for the year ended January 2, 2004, from $240 million for the year ended January 3, 2003. The increase in EBITDA resulted primarily from a $336 million increase in gross profit resulting from the increased net sales, partially offset by a $271 million increase in selling, general and administrative expenses, a $10.7 million increase in research and development expense and an $18.8 million decrease in other income, all as previously discussed. Of these cost increases, $50.1 million were related to higher depreciation and amortization expense which did not impact EBITDA. For a discussion of EBITDA and a reconciliation of EBITDA to net cash flows provided by operating activities, see “Item 6. Selected Historical Financial Data.”

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

     Fiscal Year Ended

    Change

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

   December 31, 2004

    January 2, 2004

    Amount

    Percentage

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 198,776     $ 275,678     $ (76,902 )   -27.9 %

Net cash used in investing activities

     (73,319 )     (134,788 )     61,469     -45.6 %

Net cash used in financing activities

     (109,423 )     (203,608 )     94,185     -46.3 %

Capital expenditures

     129,802       135,153       (5,351 )   -4.0 %
    

December 31, 2004


   

January 2, 2004


    Change

 
         Amount

    Percentage

 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 28,044     $ 24,543     $ 3,501     14.3 %

Working capital (1)

     408,129       550,805       (142,676 )   -25.9 %

Total debt

     1,345,163       1,490,662       (145,499 )   -9.8 %

(1) Working capital is defined as net accounts receivable, plus inventories less accounts payable.

 

    Net cash flows provided by operating activities decreased $76.9 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004 as compared to the prior fiscal year, primarily due to the change in net pension plan contributions ($67.6 million) made in 2004 resulting from settlement amounts received from Unilever in 2003, a reduction of non-current pension related liabilities resulting from adjustments to census data and plan curtailments in Brazil and the U.K. ($5.8 million), reduced growth in the receivables securitization program ($24.2 million) and higher receivables and inventories resulting from additional net sales, partially offset by higher payables resulting from increased purchasing activity to support business growth . For further detail on the receivables securitization program, see “Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements” below.

 

    Net cash used in investing activities improved by $61.5 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004 as compared to the prior fiscal year, primarily due to proceeds from the Whitmire divestiture ($46.0 million) and a reduction in net cash used in acquisitions ($17.7 million). A decrease in capital expenditures for property, plant and equipment and computer software ($5.4 million) was largely offset by a reduction in proceeds from the sale of property, plant and equipment ($4.9 million). We expect to make significant cash expenditures in the next few years in an effort to further capitalize on anticipated revenue growth and cost savings opportunities associated with the acquisition of the DiverseyLever business and to improve the effectiveness of our information technology platforms.

 

26


Table of Contents
    Net cash flows used in financing activities decreased by $94.2 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004 as compared to the prior fiscal year, primarily due to a reduction in net debt repayments ($101 million), partially offset by the timing of dividend payments ($7.1 million). Our senior secured credit facility agreement requires that proceeds received from the sale of assets or expansion of the receivables securitization program be first used to pay down outstanding term debt. In the fiscal year ended January 2, 2004, net repayments of debt were $194 million, resulting from the expansion of the receivables securitization program to certain U.S. and U.K. subsidiaries and cash flow from operations. In the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, net repayments of debt were $93.0 million, resulting from the proceeds for the Whitmire divestiture and further expansion of the receivables securitization program to our Italian subsidiary.

 

    Net working capital decreased $143 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004 as compared to the prior fiscal year, primarily as a result of changes to the receivable securitization program that moved $95.2 million in trade receivables to our off-balance sheet special purpose entity, additional participation in the receivables securitization program of $35.1 million, mainly in Italy, and higher receivables and inventories resulting from additional net sales, partially offset by higher payables resulting from increased purchasing activity to support business growth. For further detail on the receivables securitization program, see “Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements” below.

 

    Total debt decreased $145 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004 as compared to the prior fiscal year, primarily as a result of the removal of $95.2 million of obligations under the receivables securitization facility to an off-balance sheet special purpose entity, pre-payment of debt under the senior secured credit facilities ($156 million) and the strengthening of the U.S. dollar against the Euro and other foreign currencies, partially offset by additional short-term borrowings ($63.7 million) to fund cash outflows from operations and the aforementioned term debt principal payments. For further detail on the receivables securitization program, see “Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements” below.

 

Debt and Contractual Obligations. As a result of the DiverseyLever acquisition, we have a significant amount of indebtedness. In May 2002, in connection with the acquisition, we issued senior subordinated notes and entered into a $1.2 billion senior secured credit facility. We used the proceeds of the sale of the senior subordinated notes and initial borrowings under the senior secured credit facilities, together with other available funds, to finance the cash portion of the purchase price for the DiverseyLever business and the related fees and expenses and to refinance then-existing indebtedness.

 

The senior secured credit facilities were amended in August 2003. This amendment reduced the interest rate payable with respect to specified tranches of debt under the credit facilities, thereby reducing borrowing costs over the remaining life of the credit facilities. In addition, the amendment increased specified credit limits and changed various administrative requirements to provide us greater operating flexibility.

 

The senior secured credit facilities were amended for a second time in February 2004. This amendment reduced the interest rate payable for the U.S. dollar portion of the term B tranche of debt under the senior secured credit facilities, thereby reducing the borrowing cost over the remaining life of the tranche. In addition, the amendment changed various financial covenants and administrative requirements to provide us with greater flexibility to operate our business and to complete the integration of the DiverseyLever acquisition.

 

We have the capacity to borrow additional funds under the senior secured credit facilities, subject to compliance with the financial covenants set forth in the facilities. As of December 31, 2004, we had $39.3 million in borrowings under the revolving portion of the senior secured credit facilities and had the ability to borrow $283 million under those revolving facilities. Of this amount, we believe we would have been able to borrow $81.8 million and still be in compliance with the financial covenants set forth in the senior secured credit facilities and the indentures for the senior subordinated notes.

 

27


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2004, we had total indebtedness of $1.3 billion, consisting of $605 million of senior subordinated notes, $685 million of borrowings under the senior secured credit facilities, $2.2 million in other long-term debt and $53.4 million in short-term credit lines. In addition, we had $241 million in operating lease commitments, $11.4 million in capital lease commitments, $2.8 million in purchase commitments and $7.3 million committed under letters of credit that expire in 2005. As of December 31, 2004, we had the following payments due with respect to these contractual obligations:

 

    

Total


   Payments Due by Period:

Contractual Obligations


      2005

   2006-2007

   2008-2009

   2010 and
Thereafter


     (dollars in thousands)

Long-term debt obligations:

                                  

Term credit facilities

   $ 647,505    $ 8,286    $ 16,780    $ 622,439    $ —  

Senior subordinated notes (1)

     1,031,952      58,227      116,454      116,454      740,817

Lines of credit

     53,404      53,404      —        —        —  

Revolving credit facilities

     39,300      39,300      —        —        —  

Operating leases

     241,061      66,766      104,713      27,035      42,547

Capital leases

     11,387      5,130      5,753      504      —  

Purchase commitments (2)

     2,760      1,380      1,380      —        —  
    

  

  

  

  

Total contractual obligations

   $ 2,027,369    $ 232,493    $ 245,080    $ 766,432    $ 783,364
    

  

  

  

  


(1) Includes scheduled annual interest payments at 9.625%
(2) Primarily relates to commitments of our polymer business to purchase minimum quantities of styrene monomer from certain vendors

 

We believe that the cash flows from operations, the anticipated further cost savings and operating improvements associated with the acquisition of the DiverseyLever business and our restructuring initiatives, together with available cash, available borrowings under the senior secured credit facilities and the proceeds from our receivables securitization facility will generate sufficient cash flow to meet our liquidity needs for the foreseeable future. There can be no assurance, however, that we will be able to achieve the anticipated cost savings or that our substantial indebtedness will not adversely affect our financial condition.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements. Since March 2001, we have funded a portion of our short-term liquidity needs through the securitization of some of our trade accounts receivable (the “Receivables Facility”). We and certain of our subsidiaries in the U.S., the U.K. and Italy are parties to an agreement whereby we and each participating subsidiary sells, on a continuous basis, all trade receivables to JWPR Corporation (“JWPRC”), a wholly owned, special purpose, bankruptcy-remote subsidiary formed for the sole purpose of buying and selling receivables. Under the Receivables Facility, we and some of our subsidiaries, irrevocably and without recourse, transfer all trade receivables to JWPRC. JWPRC, in turn, sells an undivided interest in these receivables to Chariot Asset Management Corporation (the “Conduit”), formerly Falcon Asset Management Corporation, for an amount equal to the value of all eligible receivables (as defined under the receivables sale agreement), less the applicable reserve.

 

In August 2003, the Receivables Facility was amended to include certain additional U.S. subsidiaries, expand the total potential for securitization of trade receivables to $75 million from the previous limit of $55 million, and change the facility term to 354 days from the date of closing.

 

In October 2003, the Receivables Facility was again amended to include certain UK subsidiaries and further expand the total potential for securitization of trade receivables to $100 million (the “October 2003 amendment”). Prior to the October 2003 amendment, the beneficial interest of accounts receivable sold under the Receivables Facility was excluded from accounts receivable in our consolidated balance sheets in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 140, “Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishment of Liabilities.” As a result of the terms of the October 2003 amendment, limitations in the articles of incorporation of JWPRC and the requirements for sale defined in SFAS No. 140, we were no longer able to exclude the accounts receivable sold under the Receivables Facility from its consolidated balance sheets.

 

28


Table of Contents

In January 2004, the Receivables Facility was amended and restated to include our Italian subsidiary and to further expand the potential for securitization of trade receivables to $150 million.

 

In March 2004, we modified the articles of incorporation of JWPRC and obtained necessary legal opinions in order for the amended Receivables Facility to be in compliance with the provisions of SFAS No. 140. As such, since the end of the first quarter of fiscal year 2004, we have excluded accounts receivable sold under the Receivables Facility from the consolidated balance sheet.

 

As of December 31, 2004, the Conduit held $130 million of accounts receivable that are not included in the accounts receivable balance reflected in our consolidated balance sheet. As of January 2, 2004, we included $95.2 million of accounts receivable held by the Conduit in our consolidated balance sheet for the reasons noted above.

 

As of December 31, 2004, we had a retained interest of $135 million in the receivables of JWPRC. The retained interest is included in the accounts receivable balance and is reflected in the consolidated balance sheet at estimated fair value.

 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, JWPRC’s cost of borrowing under the Receivables Facility is at a weighted average rate of 2.59% per annum, which is significantly lower than our incremental borrowing rate.

 

Under the terms of the senior secured credit facilities, we must first use any net proceeds from the Receivables Facility to prepay loans outstanding under the senior secured credit facilities. In addition, the net amount of trade receivables at any time outstanding under this and any other securitization facility that we may enter into may not exceed $200 million in the aggregate.

 

Financial Covenants under Our Senior Secured Credit Facilities

 

Under the terms of the senior secured credit facilities, we are subject to certain financial covenants. The most restrictive covenants under the senior secured credit facilities require us to meet the following targets and ratios:

 

Maximum Leverage Ratio. We are required to maintain a leverage ratio for each financial covenant period of no more than the maximum ratio specified in the senior secured credit facilities for that financial covenant period. The maximum leverage ratio is the ratio of (1) our consolidated indebtedness (excluding up to $55 million of indebtedness incurred under our Receivables Facility and indebtedness relating to specified interest rate hedge agreements) as of the last day of a financial covenant period using the average exchange rate for the relevant prior two fiscal quarters to (2) our consolidated EBITDA, as defined in the senior secured credit facilities, for that same financial covenant period.

 

The senior secured credit facilities require that we maintain a leverage ratio of no more than the ratio set forth below for each of the financial covenant periods ending nearest the corresponding date set forth below:

 

    

Maximum

Leverage Ratio


December 31, 2004, to June 30, 2005

   3.75 to 1

September 30, 2005

   3.50 to 1

December 31, 2005

   3.25 to 1

March 31, 2006 and thereafter

   3.00 to 1

 

Minimum Interest Coverage Ratio. We are required to maintain an interest coverage ratio for each financial covenant period of no less than the minimum ratio specified in the senior secured credit facilities for that financial covenant period. The minimum interest coverage ratio is the ratio of (1) our consolidated EBITDA, as defined in the senior secured credit facilities, for a financial covenant period to (2) our cash interest expense for the same financial covenant period.

 

29


Table of Contents

The senior secured credit facilities require that we maintain an interest coverage ratio of no less than the ratio set forth below for each of the financial covenant periods ending nearest the corresponding date set forth below:

 

    

Minimum Interest

Coverage Ratio


December 31, 2004, to March 31, 2005

   3.25 to 1

June 30, 2005, to September 30, 2005

   3.50 to 1

December 31, 2005 and thereafter

   4.00 to 1

 

Compliance with Maximum Leverage Ratio and Minimum Interest Coverage Ratio. For our financial covenant period ended on December 31, 2004, we were in compliance with the maximum leverage ratio and minimum interest coverage ratio covenants contained in the senior secured credit facilities.

 

Capital Expenditures. The senior secured credit facilities prohibit us from making capital expenditures during any calendar year nearest the corresponding date set forth below in an amount exceeding the following:

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

  

Maximum Capital

Expenditures


December 31, 2004

   $ 122,600

December 31, 2005

   $ 107,000

December 31, 2006

   $ 110,000

December 31, 2007

   $ 113,200

 

We can exceed in a year the maximum capital expenditures limitation set forth above for that year by the amount, if any, by which the limitation set forth above for the previous year exceeded actual capital expenditures made in that previous year. As of December 31, 2004, we were in compliance with the limitation on capital expenditures for fiscal year 2004.

 

Restructuring Charges. The senior secured credit facilities limit the amount of spending on restructuring and integration-related activities in 2004 and 2005 to $145 million in the aggregate. As of December 31, 2004, we were in compliance with the limitation on spending on restructuring and integration-related activities for fiscal year 2004.

 

Senior Discount Notes of Holdings.

 

In connection with the acquisition of the DiverseyLever business, our parent, Holdings, issued senior discount notes with a principal amount at maturity of $406 million to Unilever. In addition, Unilever received a one-third equity interest in Holdings. Under the indenture for the Holdings senior discount notes, the principal amount of the senior discount notes will accrete at a rate of 10.67% per annum through May 15, 2007. After May 15, 2007, interest will accrue on the accreted value of the senior discount notes at this rate, but will be payable in cash semiannually in arrears to the extent that we can distribute to Holdings the cash necessary to make the payments in accordance with the restrictions contained in the indentures for our senior subordinated notes and senior secured credit facilities. The failure by Holdings to make all or any portion of a semiannual interest payment on the senior discount notes will not constitute an event of default under the indenture for the senior discount notes if that failure results from our inability to distribute the cash necessary to make that payment in accordance with these restrictions. Instead, interest will continue to accrue on any unpaid interest at a rate of 10.67% per annum, and the unpaid interest will be payable on the next interest payment date on which we are able to distribute to Holdings the cash necessary to make the payment in accordance with the provisions contained in the indentures for the senior subordinated notes and the senior secured credit facilities. Holdings has no income from operations and no meaningful assets. Holdings receives all of its income from us and substantially all of its assets consist of its investment in us. The senior discount notes mature on May 15, 2013.

 

In September 2003, Unilever sold the Holdings’ senior discount notes to certain institutional investors. In connection with that sale, Holdings entered into a registration rights agreement with the investors pursuant to which it agreed to exchange the outstanding senior discount notes for an equal principal amount of notes registered under

 

30


Table of Contents

the Securities and Exchange Act of 1933. In September 2003, Holdings filed a registration statement on Form S–4 (Reg. No. 333-108853) with the SEC to register an aggregate of $406 million principal amount at maturity of 10.67% senior discount notes due 2013, series B. The registration statement was declared effective by the SEC in January 2004, and in February 2004, the $406 million principal amount at maturity of senior discount notes, series A were exchanged for an equivalent amount of 10.67% senior subordinated notes due 2013, series B. Holdings did not receive any proceeds from the exchange offer.

 

31


Table of Contents

Post-Closing Adjustments to Acquisition Consideration

 

The consideration for the DiverseyLever business paid by us to Unilever at the closing of the acquisition is subject to several adjustments based upon the net debt and working capital of the parties and pension matters. Some of the adjustments to the purchase price for the DiverseyLever business and the subscription price Unilever paid for its one-third equity interest in Holdings were paid upon finalization of the adjustments, while other adjustments will be paid at the time Unilever ceases to own its equity interest in Holdings. In fiscal years 2004, 2003 and 2002, specified adjustments were finalized with Unilever and were paid to Unilever as adjustments to the purchase price. The aggregate amount of the adjustments to the purchase price during fiscal year 2004 was a decrease of $2.0 million. See note 4 to our audited consolidated financial statements and “Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions – Relationships with Unilever – Stockholders’ Agreement” included elsewhere in this annual report.

 

Under the acquisition agreement, because our pre-acquisition debt balance exceeded our cash balance at the closing date of the acquisition, we were required to pay to Unilever about $11.8 million, representing a reduction to Unilever’s subscription price for Holdings’ equity interest. This amount, together with interest from and including the closing date, will be paid by us on the date on which Unilever ceases to own its equity interest in Holdings. The amount was recorded in our audited consolidated financial statements for fiscal year 2002 as an increase to the purchase price. Also, based on our final pre-closing balance sheet, a comparison was made of the final working capital amount to a predetermined working capital amount set forth in the acquisition agreement. Because our final working capital amount exceeded the predetermined amount, Unilever will be required to pay us an amount representing a working capital adjustment to the subscription price. Based on a formula described in the acquisition agreement, Unilever will be required to pay to us about $30.9 million, representing an increase to the subscription price for Unilever’s equity interest in Holdings. However, Unilever would be required to pay the final agreed amount, together with interest from and including the closing date, to us on the date on which Unilever ceases to own its equity interest in Holdings.

 

In addition, Unilever agreed to pay us an aggregate of about $115.0 million, representing an adjustment to the purchase price for the DiverseyLever business, for the transferred pension assets and liabilities relating to specified plans we assumed in the acquisition. The majority of this adjustment is to be paid by Unilever once the amounts are agreed in respect to a plan, with the remainder to be paid, together with interest from and including the closing date, on the date on which Unilever ceases to own its equity interest in Holdings. As of December 31, 2004, we had received about $67.9 million, representing a portion of Unilever’s payment of the transferred pension adjustment. The transferred pension adjustment represents the shortfall of transferred pension assets relative to liabilities, adjusted for tax, if applicable. Under the acquisition agreement, if the transferred assets are less than 90% of the value of the transferred liabilities of specified DiverseyLever pension plans, we are required to use the amounts received from Unilever in connection with the transferred pension adjustment to fund those plans up to 90% of the value of the transferred liabilities. Any amount received from Unilever over the required funding level may be used by us for other purposes. As of December 31, 2004, we had contributed an aggregate of about $43.5 million, including interest, to the pension plans, fulfilling the funding obligations under the acquisition agreement.

 

The purchase price of the DiverseyLever business is also subject to adjustment relating to pension expenses of DiverseyLever’s employee benefit plans for the fiscal year ended June 29, 2001. Pursuant to this adjustment, Unilever is required to pay us $9.9 million, of which $6.6 million has been received as of December 31, 2004. The remaining balance of $3.3 million is included in the long-term receivable from Unilever.

 

For further discussion of the post-closing adjustments to the acquisition consideration, see note 4 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report.

 

Related Party Transactions

 

Until 1999, we were part of SCJ. In connection with our spin-off from SCJ in November 1999, we entered into a number of agreements relating to the separation and our ongoing relationship with SCJ after the spin-off. A number of these agreements relate to our ordinary course of business, while others pertain to our historical relationship with SCJ and our former status as a wholly owned subsidiary of SCJ.

 

32


Table of Contents

We are also party to various agreements with Unilever entered into in connection with the acquisition of the DiverseyLever business. All of the agreements with Unilever were negotiated before Unilever acquired its equity interest in our parent, Holdings, and the senior discount notes of Holdings. These agreements with Unilever are on arms-length terms.

 

For further discussion of the related party transactions, see note 23 to our audited consolidated financial statements and “Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions,” included elsewhere in this annual report.

 

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURE ABOUT MARKET RISK

 

As a result of our acquisition of the DiverseyLever business, we have a significant amount of indebtedness. In May 2002, in connection with the acquisition, we issued senior subordinated notes and entered into $1.2 billion senior secured credit facilities.

 

Interest Rate Risk

 

As of December 31, 2004, we had $685 million of debt outstanding under our senior secured credit facilities. After giving effect to the interest rate swap transactions that we have entered into with respect to some of the borrowings under our credit facilities, $209 million of the debt outstanding remained subject to variable rates. In addition, as of December 31, 2004, we had $53.4 million of debt outstanding under foreign lines of credit, all of which were subject to variable rates. Accordingly, our earnings and cash flows are affected by changes in interest rates. At the above level of variable rate borrowings, we do not anticipate a significant impact on earnings in the event of a reasonable change in interest rates. In the event of an adverse change in interest rates, management would likely take actions that would mitigate our exposure to interest rate risk; however, due to the uncertainty of the actions and their possible effects, this analysis assumes no such action. Further, this analysis does not consider the effects of the change in the level of the overall economic activity that could exist in such an environment.

 

Foreign Currency Risk

 

We conduct our business in various regions of the world and export and import products to and from many countries. Our operations may, therefore, be subject to volatility because of currency fluctuations, inflation changes and changes in political and economic conditions in these countries. Sales and expenses are frequently denominated in local currencies, and results of operations may be affected adversely as currency fluctuations affect product prices and operating costs. We engage in hedging operations, including forward foreign exchange contracts, to reduce the exposure of our cash flows to fluctuations in foreign currency rates. All hedging instruments are designated and effective as hedges, in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Other instruments that do not qualify for hedge accounting are marked to market with changes recognized in current earnings. We do not engage in hedging for speculative investment reasons. There can be no assurance that our hedging operations will eliminate or substantially reduce risks associated with fluctuating currencies.

 

Based on our overall foreign exchange exposure, we estimate that a 10% change in the exchange rates would not materially affect our financial position or liquidity. The effect on our results of operations would be substantially offset by the impact of the hedged items.

 

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

 

See the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements beginning on page F-1.

 

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

 

During fiscal years 2004 and 2003 and through the date of this annual report, there were no disagreements with Ernst & Young LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, on accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosures, audit scope or audit procedures.

 

33


Table of Contents

ITEM 9A. DISCLOSURE CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

 

Evaluation of JohnsonDiversey’s Disclosure Controls and Internal Controls. As of the end of the period covered by this annual report, we evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our “disclosure controls and procedures” (“Disclosure Controls”). The controls evaluation was done under the supervision and with the participation of management, including our Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”).

 

CEO & CFO Certifications. Attached as Exhibits 31.1 and 31.2 to this annual report are certifications of the CEO and the CFO required in accordance with Rule 13a-14 of the Exchange Act. This portion of our annual report includes the information concerning the controls evaluation referred to in the certifications and should be read in conjunction with the certifications for a more complete understanding of the topics presented.

 

Disclosure Controls. Disclosure Controls are procedures that are designed with the objective of ensuring that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”), such as this annual report, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure Controls are also designed with the objective of ensuring that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including the CEO and CFO, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Our Disclosure Controls include those components of our internal control over financial reporting that are designed to provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit the preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP. To the extent that components of our internal control over financial reporting are included in our Disclosure Controls, they are included in the scope of our quarterly evaluation of Disclosure Controls.

 

Limitations on the Effectiveness of Controls. Our Disclosure Controls were designed to provide reasonable assurance that the controls and procedures would meet their objectives. Our management, including the CEO and CFO, does not expect that our Disclosure Controls will prevent all error and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the designed control objectives, and management is required to apply its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the company have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the control. The design of any system of controls also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions. Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

 

Scope of the Controls Evaluation. The evaluation of our Disclosure Controls included a review of the controls’ objectives and design, our implementation of the controls and the effect of the controls on the information generated for use in this annual report. In the course of the controls evaluation, we sought to identify data errors, control problems or acts of fraud and to confirm that appropriate corrective action, including process improvements, were undertaken. This evaluation is done on a quarterly basis so that the conclusions of management, including the CEO and the CFO, concerning the effectiveness of the controls can be reported in our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and our annual report on Form 10-K. Many of the components of our Disclosure Controls are also evaluated on an ongoing basis by our internal audit department and by other personnel in our finance organization, as well as our independent registered public accounting firm in connection with their audit and review activities. The overall goals of these various evaluation activities are to monitor our Disclosure Controls and to make modifications as necessary; our intent in this regard is that the Disclosure Controls will be maintained as dynamic systems that change (including with improvements and corrections) as conditions warrant.

 

Among other matters, we sought in our evaluation to determine whether there were any “significant deficiencies” or “material weaknesses” in our internal control over financial reporting, or whether we had identified any acts of fraud involving personnel who have a significant role in our internal control over financial reporting. This information was important both for our controls evaluation and for Rule 13a-14 of the Exchange Act, which requires that the CEO and CFO disclose that information to our Audit Committee and to our independent registered

 

34


Table of Contents

public accounting firm, and report on that information and related matters in this section of the annual report. In the professional accounting literature, “significant deficiencies” are referred to as “reportable conditions,” which are control issues that could have a significant adverse effect on our ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data in the consolidated financial statements. A “material weakness” is defined in professional accounting literature as a particularly serious reportable condition whereby the internal control does not reduce to a relatively low level the risk that misstatements caused by error or fraud may occur in amounts that would be material in relation to the financial statements and not be detected within a timely period by employees in the normal course of performing their assigned functions. We also sought to deal with other controls matters in the controls evaluation, and in each case if an issue was identified, we considered what revision, improvement and/or correction to make in accordance with our on-going procedures.

 

Commencing in the first quarter of fiscal year 2003, we formulated our Finance Infrastructure Internal Control Improvement Plan to take additional actions to strengthen our internal control environment, including the hiring of additional finance personnel, strengthening of the internal audit function, development of an expanded Sarbanes-Oxley Act Section 302 certification and monthly financial statement closing processes, expansion of Sarbanes-Oxley Act Section 404 internal control review activities, commencement of a skill set assessment survey of key members of the finance staff, and improved monitoring and oversight of the finance function. In addition, to assist management in assessing our control environment and related issues associated with the material weaknesses previously identified, we retained, commencing in the first quarter of fiscal year 2003, independent consulting firms with experience in internal controls.

 

In connection with the completion of its audit of, and the issuance of an unqualified report on, our consolidated financial statements for the year ended January 2, 2004, our independent registered public accounting firm, Ernst & Young LLP, identified certain deficiencies in the design and operation of our internal controls related to the financial reporting process, which represented reportable conditions that collectively represented a material weakness in internal control over financial reporting. Deficiencies were identified with respect to the complex process to finalize the accounting for the purchase of the DiverseyLever business, our process for accounting, analysis, and documentation of income taxes, documentation of our receivables securitization program, accounting for fixed asset transfers arising from the integration of the business, and oversight and monitoring of the finance function.

 

Management continues to refine and implement the Financial Infrastructure Internal Control Improvement Plan and has addressed these matters with input from the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm and our Audit Committee. The following is a summary of actions completed as of December 31, 2004:

 

    In the first quarter of 2004, we amended the articles of incorporation related to our asset securitization facility and obtained the necessary updated legal opinions to permit us to resume off-balance sheet treatment of our sold accounts receivable in compliance with SFAS No. 140;

 

    In the second quarter of 2004, we completed the integration of our North America fixed asset systems;

 

    In the third quarter of 2004, we issued updated global fixed asset accounting policies and procedure statements designed to strengthen accounting and internal control in this area;

 

    In the third quarter of 2004, with the assistance of a third party consulting firm, we completed our review of our financial statement closing process, which included a comprehensive analysis of the tax closing process;

 

    In the fourth quarter of 2004, we finalized the remaining open purchase price allocation matters and completed purchase accounting for local statutory reporting purposes;

 

    In the second half of 2004, we held a number of regional training sessions for finance personnel responsible for the preparation of local statutory reports and income tax returns in order to identify and resolve all remaining purchase accounting related issues. We will focus on continuing tailored training sessions for local finance personnel as required;

 

    In the fourth quarter of 2004, we formed task forces to develop action plans to implement prioritized recommendations resulting from our analysis of the tax closing and financial statement closing process, and have successfully implemented certain changes to improve the accuracy and efficiency of these processes; and

 

35


Table of Contents
    Throughout 2004, we have improved the quality and frequency of finance department communications, both internally and to other departments that are impacted by finance department actions and decisions.

 

The actions that have been, and are being taken by us to correct the weaknesses previously identified constitute significant changes in internal control over financial reporting in the period covered by this annual report. These actions constitute the only changes to our internal control over financial reporting that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect our internal control over financial reporting in the quarterly and annual period ended December 31, 2004.

 

We believe that the above actions taken by the Company have and will continue to enhance the skills of senior finance leadership, improve financial oversight and help the Company meet applicable reporting and controls requirements.

 

Conclusions. Based upon the controls evaluation and the internal control improvements completed in fiscal year 2004, our CEO and CFO have concluded that our disclosure controls, including additional procedures performed and controls instituted by us in order to supplement our internal controls, are effective to ensure that material information relating to JohnsonDiversey, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries is made known to management, including the CEO and CFO, particularly during the period when our periodic reports are being prepared, and that our internal controls are effective in providing reasonable assurance that our financial statements are fairly presented in conformity with U.S. GAAP.

 

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

 

On March 21, 2005, the Company requested an amendment to its senior secured credit facilities, certain terms of which are described in Exhibit 99.1 to this annual report on Form 10-K. The requested amendments are subject to approval by lenders holding not less than 51% of the commitments and amounts outstanding under the senior secured credit agreement. There can be no assurance that these amendments will be completed on the terms described, or at all.

 

36


Table of Contents

PART III

 

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

 

The following is a list of our directors and executive officers, their ages as of March 4, 2005, and their positions and offices:

 

Name


  

Age


  

Position


S. Curtis Johnson III

   49    Director and Chairman

Gregory E. Lawton

   54    Director, President and Chief Executive Officer

Michael J. Bailey

   52    Executive Vice President—Corporate Development

JoAnne Brandes

   51    Executive Vice President, Chief Administrative Officer, General Counsel and Secretary

Joseph F. Smorada

   58    Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Sanjib Choudhuri

   56    Senior Vice President—Global Strategy Development

Gregory F. Clark

   51    Senior Vice President—Global Supply Chain

Mark S. Cross

   48    Senior Vice President—Global Marketing & Customer Management

Stephen A. Di Biase

   52    Senior Vice President—Chief Scientific Officer

Diarmuid P. Ryan

   53    Senior Vice President—Global Human Resources

Graeme D. Armstrong

   42    Regional President—Europe

Thomas M. Gartland

   47    Regional President—North America

Paul A. Mathias

   60    Regional President—Asia Pacific

Morio Nishikawa

   60    Regional President—Japan

J. Gary Raley

   56    President – Johnson Polymer

Jean-Max Teissier

   60    Regional President—Latin America

David S. Andersen

   44    Vice President—Mergers, Acquisitions and Business Development

Clive A. Newman

   41    Vice President and Corporate Controller

Todd C. Brown

   55    Director

Irene M. Esteves

   46    Director

Robert M. Howe

   60    Director

Helen P. Johnson-Leipold

   48    Director

Clifton D. Louis

   49    Director

Neal R. Nottleson

   67    Director

Reto Wittwer

   56    Director

 

S. Curtis Johnson III has served as Chairman since February 1996. He also has served as Chairman of Holdco since December 1999 and Chairman of Holdings since November 2001. From 1983 through 1996, Mr. Johnson held various positions with SCJ, most recently serving as Vice President—Global Business Development from October 1994 to February 1996. He has held several other executive offices at SCJ, including Vice President and Managing Director of Mexican Johnson, Director—Worldwide Business Development and general partner of Wind Point Partners, L.C., a venture capital partnership which he co-founded and in which SCJ was a major limited partner. Mr. Johnson holds a Bachelor of Arts degree in Economics from Cornell University and a Master of Business Administration in Marketing/Finance from Northwestern University. Mr. Johnson also serves as a director of Cargill, Incorporated, an international provider of food and agricultural products, and the World Wildlife Fund, a privately financed conservation organization. He is a descendant of Samuel Curtis Johnson, the brother of Helen Johnson-Leipold and cousin of Clifton Louis, both directors of our Company.

 

Gregory E. Lawton has served as a director and President and Chief Executive Officer since September 2000. Mr. Lawton has also served as a director of Holdco since April 2000, a director of Holdings since May 2002, and President and Chief Executive Officer of Holdings since August 2003. He joined us as President and Chief

 

37


Table of Contents

Operating Officer in December 1998 and was Chief Operating Officer until August 2000. Prior to joining us, Mr. Lawton was President of NuTone, Inc., a supplier of residential ventilation products and electronics, from August 1994 to December 1998. From 1972 to August 1994, Mr. Lawton served in various offices at The Procter & Gamble Company, a global consumer products company, most recently as Vice President and General Manager of its consumer business within its paper division from 1989 until 1994. Mr. Lawton holds a Bachelor of Arts degree in Government from St. Lawrence University. Mr. Lawton also serves as a director of Johnson Outdoors, Inc., a manufacturer and marketer of outdoor recreational equipment, General Cable Corporation, a manufacturer and distributor of wire and cable products, and Superior Metal Products, a manufacturer and finisher of decorative and functional metal products.

 

Michael J. Bailey has served as Executive Vice President—Corporate Development since August 2004. Mr. Bailey also served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company from March 2003 until August 2004 and as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company from October 1999 until March 2003. He has also been the Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Holdco since December 1999, the Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of Holdings from August 2003 until August 2004 and the President of Holdings from November 2001 until August 2003. From June 1993 to September 1999, Mr. Bailey served as Senior Vice President, Finance and Administration and Chief Financial Officer for Standard Motor Products, Inc., a manufacturer and distributor of automotive replacement parts. Prior to that, Mr. Bailey held numerous financial leadership and business development positions for domestic and international companies, including Instituto Finanziazio Industriale S.P.A. and Ford Motor Company. Mr. Bailey holds a Bachelor of Business Administration from Western Michigan University and a Master of Business Administration from the University of Michigan—Ann Arbor.

 

JoAnne Brandes has served as Executive Vice President since March 2003, as General Counsel since October 1996, as Secretary since October 1997, and as Chief Administrative Officer since January 2002. Ms. Brandes also served as Senior Vice President from October 1997 until March 2003. From October 1996 until October 1997, she was Vice President and General Counsel. She has also been the Senior Vice President and General Counsel of Holdco since December 1999, the Vice President and Secretary of Holdings since November 2001 and General Counsel of Holdings since August 2003. From 1981 through October 1996, Ms. Brandes held various leadership positions at SCJ. Prior to that, Ms. Brandes was in the private practice of law in Milwaukee, Wisconsin. Ms. Brandes holds a Bachelor degree from the University of Wisconsin—Eau Claire and a Juris Doctor degree from Willamette University College of Law. Ms. Brandes also serves as a member of the boards of directors of Alternative Resources Corporation, Bright Horizons Family Solutions, Inc. and Johnson Family Funds, Inc. She also is a Regent Emeritus of the University of Wisconsin System.

 

Joseph F. Smorada has served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since November 2004. Mr. Smorada has also been the Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Holdings since November 2004. From 1992 until October 2004, Mr. Smorada served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer and, most recently, as Executive Consultant, at Axel Johnson Inc., an international company with business interests, public and private, in manufacturing, energy and technology products and services. Mr. Smorada holds a Bachelors Degree in Economics from California University of Pennsylvania and has also completed management development programs at Harvard University, the University of Pennsylvania, Cornell University and Columbia University.

 

Sanjib Choudhuri has served as Senior Vice President—Global Strategy Development since February 2004. From May 2002 through February 2004, he was loaned to us from Unilever, serving as Vice President—Global Strategy Development. From 1991 through May 2002, Mr. Choudhuri served in various management positions at Unilever, most recently as Vice President—Knowledge Management from 1999 until May 2002. Mr. Choudhuri holds a Bachelors Degree in chemical engineering from Indian Institute of Technology in India and a Master of Business Administration from the University of Western Ontario, Canada.

 

Gregory F. Clark has served as Senior Vice President—Global Supply Chain since January 2004. He was our Senior Vice President—Global Development and Customer Solutions from May 2002 until January 2004 and was our Vice President—Global Manufacturing and Sourcing from May 1999 until May 2002. From 1978 through May 1999, Mr. Clark served at SCJ in a variety of manufacturing, operations and financial positions domestically and internationally. Mr. Clark holds a Bachelors Degree in Chemical Engineering from Purdue University and a Master of Business Administration from the University of Chicago.

 

38


Table of Contents

Mark S. Cross has served as Senior Vice President—Global Marketing & Customer Management and Group President and as Group President—Latin America and Asia Pacific since August 2003. From 1979 until August 2003, Mr. Cross served in various management positions at Kimberly-Clark Corporation, a global supplier of paper and consumer products, most recently as President of Kimberly-Clark Professional from 2001 until August 2003. Mr. Cross holds a Bachelors Degree in chemical engineering from the University of Maine and a Master of Business Administration from Harvard University.

 

Stephen A. Di Biase has served as Senior Vice President—Chief Scientific Officer since September 2004. From 1978 to August 2004, Dr. Di Biase served in various management positions at Lubrizol Corporation, a global provider of specialty chemicals and materials, most recently as Vice President – Emulsified Products from January 2001 until August 2004 and Vice President of Research, Development and Engineering from 1993 to January 2001. Dr. Di Biase holds a Ph.D. in chemistry from Pennsylvania State University and a Bachelors Degree in chemistry from St. John Fischer College.

 

Diarmuid P. Ryan has served as Senior Vice President—Global Human Resources since May 2004. Prior to joining us, Mr. Ryan led his own leadership development consultancy practice in Europe from November 2001 until April 2004. From February 1998 until October 2001, Mr. Ryan served as Human Resources Director for Waterford Crystal. Mr. Ryan has over 20 years of global human resources experience having also served in leadership positions with Pepsico and Intercontinental Hotels in Europe, the Middle East and North America. Mr. Ryan holds a Masters Degree in Manpower Development from the University of Westminster in the U.K.

 

Graeme D. Armstrong has served as Regional President—Europe since May 2002, upon the closing of the DiverseyLever acquisition. From 1986 to May 2002, Dr. Armstrong served various management positions at Unilever, most recently as Senior Vice President of Portfolio and Innovation of DiverseyLever from 2000 until May 2002, Senior Vice President of Research and Development for DiverseyLever from 1996 to 2000, and Vice President of Research and Development of Lever Industrial International from 1995 to 1996. Dr. Armstrong holds a Ph.D. in inorganic chemistry and an Honors Degree in chemistry from the University of New Castle upon Tyne in the U.K.

 

Thomas M. Gartland has served as Regional President—North America since May 2003 and has been Vice President of Sales—Health and Hospitality since May 2002. From May 1998 until May 2002, Mr. Gartland served as Vice President—Business Development. Mr. Gartland has over twenty years of experience in the institutional and industrial cleaning, sanitation and hygiene industry, including more than ten years of service with us and the former DiverseyLever business, where he held a variety of management positions, including Vice President—Corporate Accounts and Vice President—Sales and Marketing. Mr. Gartland holds a Bachelors Degree from the College of St. Thomas.

 

Paul A. Mathias has served as Regional President—Asia Pacific since April 2000. From 1972 until April 2000, Mr. Mathias served in various positions at S.C. Johnson & Son, most recently as Group Managing Director—Indochina from July 1992 until April 2000.

 

Morio Nishikawa has served as Regional President—Japan since September 1997. He has also been President and Chief Executive Officer of JohnsonDiversey Co., Ltd. (Japan) since January 1998. From 1968 through January 1998, Mr. Nishikawa held numerous positions at SCJ, including Chief Executive Officer of Johnson Professional Co., Ltd., Marketing Manager of the Consumer Business and Household Products, Director of Consumer Products Marketing and Sales Development and Senior Managing Director. Mr. Nishikawa holds a Bachelors Degree in economics from Kokugakuin University in Japan and completed advanced management programs at Nomura Management School and Harvard Business School.

 

J. Gary Raley has served as President and Chief Operating Officer of Johnson Polymer since May 2002. Prior to joining Johnson Polymer, he was President of Johnson Wax Professional, North America from April 2000 until May 2002, and Senior Vice President, Global Sales and Marketing from June 1998 until April 2000. Mr. Raley holds a Bachelors Degree in Economics from Bellarmine University and an Executive Masters of Business Administration from Harvard Business School.

 

39


Table of Contents

Jean-Max Teissier has served as Regional President—Latin America since May 2002, upon the closing of the DiverseyLever acquisition. From 1969 through May 2002, Mr. Teissier held numerous positions at Unilever, most recently as Regional Vice President of Latin America of DiverseyLever from January 1999 to May 2002 and Managing Director (France) from 1993 to 1998. Mr. Teissier holds an engineering degree from Ecole Nationale Superieure des Arts et Métiers in France.

 

David S. Andersen has served as Vice President—Mergers, Acquisitions and Business Development since July 2003. From February 1997 through July 2003, Mr. Andersen served in numerous management positions, most recently as Vice President—Global Enterprise Development from May 2002 until July 2003, Vice President—eSolutions from October 2000 until May 2002, and Vice President—Global Enterprise Development Group from July 1999 until October 2000. From 1991 through February 1997, Mr. Andersen held numerous management positions at S.C. Johnson & Son, most recently as Managing Director of Total Solutions, Inc. Mr. Andersen holds a Bachelors Degree from Brown University and a Master of Business Administration from Harvard University.

 

Clive A. Newman has served as Vice President and Corporate Controller since May 2002, upon the closing of the DiverseyLever acquisition. From 1986 until May 2002, Mr. Newman held various positions at Unilever, most recently as Controller and Vice President—Finance Europe for DiverseyLever from May 2001 until May 2002, Finance Manager—Beverages for Unilever from 2000 until April 2001, Regional Finance Director of DiverseyLever from 1996 to 2000 and Chief Accountant and Corporate Secretary, UK of Lever Industrial from 1994 to 1996.

 

Todd C. Brown has served as a director since April 2001. Mr. Brown has also been a director of Holdco since April 2000 and of Holdings since May 2002. Since August 2003, Mr. Brown has served as Vice Chairman and Chairman of the board of directors for ShoreBank Corporation’s banking operations in Chicago and Detroit. From 1985 through June 2003, Mr. Brown served in various positions at Kraft Foods, Inc., most recently as Executive Vice President and President of its e-Commerce Division from January 2001 until June 2003 and President of Kraft Foodservices Division from April 1998 until December 2000. Mr. Brown is also a director of ADVO Inc., a targeted direct mail marketing services company.

 

Irene M. Esteves has served as a director since June 1998. Ms. Esteves has also been a director of Holdco since April 2000 and of Holdings since May 2002. From 1997 to 2004, she was the Chief Financial Officer of Putnam Investments, LLC, an asset management firm. Prior to 1997, Ms. Esteves was with Miller Brewing Company for two years, last serving as Vice President – International Finance and Corporate Strategy, and SCJ for thirteen years in various finance and business development roles, last serving as Controller – North America Home Care. Ms. Esteves is also a director of The Timberland Company, a manufacturer of premium-quality footwear, apparel and accessories.

 

Robert M. Howe has served as a director since April 1996. He has also been a director of Holdco since April 2000 and of Holdings since May 2002. Since February 2003, Mr. Howe has been the Chairman of Montgomery Goodwin Investments, LLC, a private investment and consulting firm. From April 2000 to September 2002, Mr. Howe was the Chairman of Scient, Inc., a provider of integrated e-Business strategy and technology services, and previously served as its Chief Executive Officer. In July 2002, Scient filed a petition under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. Mr. Howe served on a special committee supervising the winding up of Scient’s business. Prior to that, Mr. Howe was with International Business Machines Corporation, last serving as General Manager of its global banking, financial and securities services business. He is a director of NorthStar, a financial services industry consulting firm, and Symphony Services, an information technology consulting firm.

 

Helen P. Johnson-Leipold has served as a director since December 1999. Ms. Johnson-Leipold has also been a director of Holdco since April 2000 and of Holdings since May 2002. Since 1999, Ms. Johnson-Leipold has been the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Johnson Outdoors, Inc., a manufacturer and marketer of outdoor recreational equipment. In addition, since July 2004, she has been Chairman of Johnson Financial Group, a global financial services company. From 1995 through 1999, she was with SCJ in various executive positions, last serving as Vice President - Worldwide Consumer Products. Ms. Johnson-Leipold is a descendant of Samuel Curtis Johnson, the sister of S. Curtis Johnson III, the Chairman of our company, and cousin of Clifton Louis, another director of our company.

 

40


Table of Contents

Clifton D. Louis has served as a director since December 1999. Mr. Louis has also been a director of Holdco since March 1999 and of Holdings since May 2002. Mr. Louis is the owner of The Vineyard, Inc., a retail wine store, and has been its President and Chief Executive Officer since 1985. Mr. Louis is a descendant of Samuel Curtis Johnson, a cousin of S. Curtis Johnson III, the Chairman of our Company, and a cousin of Helen Johnson-Leipold, another director of our Company.

 

Neal R. Nottleson has served as a director since September 1999. Mr. Nottleson has also been a director of Holdco since March 1999 and of Holdings since May 2002. Mr. Nottleson was the Vice Chairman of SCJ from October 1996 until his retirement in June 1999.

 

Reto Wittwer has served as a director since July 2002. Mr. Wittwer has also been a director of Holdings since July 2002. Since 1995, Mr. Wittwer has served as the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Kempinski Hotel Group, an international luxury hotel and resort company. From 1992 to 1995, he was President and Chief Executive Officer of CIGA Hotels, a European luxury hotel company.

 

Audit Committee

 

The Audit Committee of our board of directors recommends our independent registered public accounting firm, reviews the scope and results of the audits with the auditors and management, approves the scope and results of the audits, monitors the adequacy of our system of internal controls and reviews the annual report, auditors’ fees and non-audit services to be provided by the independent registered public accounting firm. The members of our Audit Committee are Irene Esteves, chairperson of the Audit Committee, Todd Brown, Robert Howe, and Reto Wittwer. Our board of directors has determined that Ms. Esteves meets the definition of an audit committee financial expert, as set forth in Item 401(h)(2) of Regulation S-K, and has also determined that she meets the independence requirements of the SEC.

 

Code of Ethics

 

The Company and its employees operate under the values and principles defined in our “This We Believe” culture, which extends to our customers and users, the general public, our neighbors and the world community. We have adopted a Finance Officers Code of Ethics applicable to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer. As a best practice, this code has been executed by all other key financial and accounting personnel as well. In addition, we have adopted a general code of business conduct for all of our directors, officers and employees, which is known as the JohnsonDiversey, Inc. Code of Ethics and Business Conduct. The Finance Officers Code of Ethics, the JohnsonDiversey, Inc. Code of Ethics and Business Conduct and other information regarding our corporate governance is available on our website (www.johnsondiversey.com), or free of charge by writing c/o Investor Relations at the address on the cover page of this annual report on Form 10-K. In addition to any filings required to be issued with the SEC, we intend to disclose on our website any amendments to, or waivers from, the Finance Officers Code of Ethics or the JohnsonDiversey, Inc. Code of Ethics and Business Conduct that are required to be disclosed pursuant to SEC rules. To date, there have been no waivers of the Finance Officers Code of Ethics or the JohnsonDiversey, Inc. Code of Ethics and Business Conduct.

 

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

The following table sets forth information with respect to compensation earned during our last three fiscal years by our Chief Executive Officer and our four other most highly compensated executive officers. The officers listed in the following table are referred to as the named executive officers.

 

41


Table of Contents

Summary Compensation Table

 

                            Long-Term Compensation

       
     Year

    Annual Compensation

    Awards

    All Other
Compensation ($)


 

Name and Principal Position


     Salary ($)

   Bonus ($)

    Other Annual
Compensation ($)


    Restricted
Stock
Awards ($)


   

Securities
Underlying

Options (#) (1)


   

Gregory E. Lawton
President and Chief
Executive Officer

   2004
2003
2002
 
 
 
  882,500
861,308
820,462
   1,463,350
704,202
1,559,812
(2)
(6)
(11)
  70,418
107,371
112,106
(3)
(7)
(12)
  —  
1,001,109
—  
 
(8)
 
  15,000
23,000
—  
(4)
(9)
 
  614,564
619,334
193,970
(5)
(10)
(13)

S. Curtis Johnson III
Chairman

   2004
2003
2002
 
 
 
  655,000
640,854
610,962
   1,007,332
518,475
1,016,644
(2)
(6)
(11)
  64,530
107,554
96,884
(14)
(16)
(18)
  —  
90,463
—  
 
(8)
 
  15,000
23,000
—  
(4)
(9)
 
  19,272
11,446
28,774
(15)
(17)
(19)

Michael J. Bailey
Executive Vice President -
Corporate Development

   2004
2003
2002
 
 
 
  416,250
405,096
384,500
   445,792
223,292
491,796
(2)
(6)
(11)
  18,370
24,902
25,100
(20)
(22)
(24)
  —  
51,326
—  
 
(8)
 
  3,600
6,210
—  
(4)
(9)
 
  154,847
138,363
34,641
(21)
(23)
(25)

JoAnne Brandes
Executive Vice President, Chief
Administrative Officer, General
Counsel and Secretary

   2004
2003
2002
 
 
 
  416,250
405,096
384,500
   451,063
230,082
503,516
(2)
(6)
(11)
  20,571
26,739
38,481
(26)
(28)
(30)
  —  
57,101
—  
 
(8)
 
  3,600
6,210
—  
(4)
(9)
 
  128,135
170,178
101,586
(27)
(29)
(31)

Graeme D. Armstrong
Regional President - Europe

   2004
2003
2002
 
 
(36)
  383,223
330,898
185,344
   525,315
451,704
—  
(2)
(33)
 
  137,851
110,118
55,603
(32)
(34)
(37)
  —  
26,946
—  
 
(8)
 
  2,600
4,310
—  
(4)
(9)
 
  —  
265
—  
 
(35)
 

1. Represents shares of class C common stock of Holdco.
2. Bonuses paid in 2004 pertain to performance for the twelve month period ended January 2, 2004.
3. Consists of $17,500 of flexible spending account, $6,401 of personal travel allowance, and $46,517 for reimbursement of company loan interest expense.
4. Options granted in 2004 have an exercise price of $136.79 and will vest 100% in four years from the authorization date, or April 2008. These options expire seven years from the authorization date, or April 2011.
5. Consists of $561,153 in loan forgiveness of 50% of the principal balance of a company loan due for the purchase of class C common stock plus a 45% gross-up, $887 interest paid on deferred compensation account, $32,290 as dividend equivalents on unvested restricted stock, $770 for use of company facilities, a $2,000 contribution to a retiree medical savings account, $10,400 of employer’s deferred profit sharing and matching contributions to a 401(k) plan, and $7,064 of deferrable profit sharing in excess of deferral limits paid in cash.
6. Bonuses paid in 2003 pertain to performance for the six month period ended January 3, 2003.
7. Consists of $17,500 of flexible spending account, $11,200 of personal travel allowance, and $78,671 reimbursement of company loan interest expense.
8. All shares granted at $115.07 per share and will vest 100% in 2008.
9. Two option grants were awarded in 2003. The spring grant awarded options that were authorized in the fourth quarter of 2002 and have an exercise price of $106.93. They will vest 100% in four years from the authorization date, or October 2006. The fall grant has an exercise price of $115.07 and will vest 100% in four years, or March 2007.
10. Consists of a $575,105 of loan forgiveness of 75% of the principal balance of a company loan due for the purchase of class C common stock plus a 45% gross-up, $2,171 interest paid on deferred compensation account, $31,517 as dividend equivalents on unvested restricted stock, $400 contribution to a retiree medical savings account, $8,000 of employer’s deferred profit sharing and matching contributions to a 401(k) plan, and $2,141 of deferrable profit sharing in excess of deferral limits paid in cash.
11. Consists of a performance bonus for the twelve months ended June 2002 and an acquisition bonus in the amount of $600,000 for Mr. Lawton, $300,000 for Mr. Johnson and $190,000 each for Mr. Bailey and Ms. Brandes.
12. Consists of $19,170 of flexible spending account, $4,200 of personal travel allowance, and $88,736 reimbursement of company loan interest expense.
13. Consists of a $131,016 of loan forgiveness of 50% of the principal balance of a company loan due plus a 45% gross-up, $1,480 interest paid on deferred compensation account, $29,432 as dividend equivalents on unvested restricted stock, $400 contribution to a retiree medical savings account, $9,834 of employer’s deferred profit sharing and matching contributions to a 401(k) plan, and $21,808 of deferrable profit sharing in excess of deferral limits paid in cash.
14. Represents personal use of company aircraft.

 

42


Table of Contents
15. Consists of $1,971 as dividend equivalents on unvested restricted stock, $2,000 contribution to a retiree medical savings account, $194 interest on a deferred compensation account, $10,400 of employer’s deferred profit sharing and matching contributions to a 401(k) plan, and $4,707 of deferrable profit sharing in excess of deferral limits paid in cash.
16. Consists of $7,000 of flexible spending account, and $100,554 for the personal use of company aircraft.
17. Consists of $1,971 as dividend equivalents on unvested restricted stock, $400 contribution to a retiree medical savings account, $8,000 of employer’s deferred profit sharing and matching contributions to a 401(k) plan, and $1,075 of deferrable profit sharing in excess of deferral limits paid in cash.
18. Consists of the personal use of company aircraft.
19. Consists of $976 as dividend equivalents on unvested restricted stock, $400 contribution to a retiree medical saving account, $13,026 of employer’s deferred profit sharing and matching contributions to a 401(k) plan, and $14,372 of deferrable profit sharing in excess of deferral limits paid in cash.
20. Consists of $10,000 of flexible spending account and $8,370 reimbursement of company loan interest expense.
21. Consists of $100,975 of loan forgiveness of 50% of the principal balance of a company loan due for the purchase of class C common stock plus a 45% gross-up, $23,090 interest paid on deferred compensation account, $15,421 as dividend equivalents on unvested restricted stock, $770 for use of company facilities, $2,000 contribution to a retiree medical savings account, $10,400 of employer’s deferred profit sharing and matching contributions to a 401(k) plan, and $2,191 of deferrable profit sharing in excess of deferral limits paid in cash.
22. Consists of $10,000 of flexible spending account and $14,902 reimbursement of company loan interest expense.
23. Consists of a $116,818 of loan forgiveness of 75% of the principal balance of a company loan due for the purchase of class C common stock plus a 45% gross-up, $441 interest paid on deferred compensation account, $12,763 as dividend equivalents on unvested restricted stock, $400 contribution to a retiree medical savings account, and $7,940 of employer’s deferred profit sharing and matching contributions to a 401(k) plan.
24. Consists of $10,199 of flexible spending account and $14,901 reimbursement of company loan interest expense.
25. Consists of $15,125 as dividend equivalents on unvested restricted stock, $400 contribution to a retiree medical saving account, $13,026 of employer’s deferred profit sharing and matching contributions to a 401(k) plan, and $6,090 of deferrable profit sharing in excess of deferral limits paid in cash.
26. Consists of $10,000 of flexible spending account, $2,201 of personal travel allowance, and $8,370 reimbursement of company loan interest expense.
27. Consists of $100,975 of loan forgiveness of 50% of the principal balance of a company loan due for the purchase of class C common stock plus a 45% gross-up, $12,569 as dividend equivalents on unvested restricted stock, $2,000 contribution to a retiree medical savings account, $10,400 of employer’s deferred profit sharing and matching contributions to a 401(k) plan, and $2,191 of deferrable profit sharing in excess of deferral limits paid in cash.
28. Consists of $9,990 of flexible spending account and $16,749 reimbursement of company loan interest expense.
29. Consists of a $149,797 of loan forgiveness of 75% of the principal balance of a company loan due for the purchase of Class C common stock plus a 45% gross-up, $13,113 as dividend equivalents on unvested restricted stock, $400 contribution to a retiree medical savings account, and $6,868 of employer’s deferred profit sharing and matching contributions to a 401(k) plan.
30. Consists of $6,581 of personal travel allowance, $10,000 of flexible spending account, and $21,900 reimbursement of company loan interest expense.
31. Consists of a $67,096 of loan forgiveness of 50% of the principal balance of a company loan due plus a 45% gross-up, $16,006 as dividend equivalents on unvested restricted stock, $400 contribution to a retiree medical saving account, $11,994 of employer’s deferred profit sharing and matching contributions to a 401(k) plan, and $6,090 of deferrable profit sharing in excess of deferral limits paid in cash.
32. Consists of $10,000 flexible spending account, $112,395 expatriate allowance, and $15,456 for children’s education.
33. Consists of $149,297 performance bonus for the fiscal six month period ended January, 3, 2003, $159,020 retention bonus and $143,387 expatriate bonus.
34. Consists of $100,118 of expatriate allowance and $10,000 of flexible spending account.
35. Consists of dividend equivalents on unvested restricted stock.
36. Dr. Armstrong joined us following the acquisition of DiverseyLever in May 2002. All components of 2002 compensation relate to the period May through December.
37. Consists of expatriate allowance.

 

43


Table of Contents

Option/SAR Grants in Last Fiscal Year

 

We have a Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) that provides for the right to purchase stock of Holdco for certain of our senior management. All awards granted under the Plan are stock option grants. Newly issued stock options vest over four years and have an exercise period of seven years from the date of grant. Stock options granted to the named executive officers in fiscal year 2004 are noted below. No Stock Appreciation Rights (“SARs”) were granted to these named executive officers during this period.

 

Name


  

Number of

Securities

Underlying

Options

Granted


  

Percent of

Total Options

granted to

Employees in
2004


 

Exercise

Price

($/Sh) (1)


   Expiration
Date


  

Potential Realizable Value

at Assumed Annual Rate of

Stock Price Appreciation for

Option Term


              5%

   10%

Gregory E. Lawton

   15,000    12%   $ 137    April 2011    $ 835,309    $ 1,946,625

S. Curtis Johnson III

   15,000    12%     137    April 2011      835,309      1,946,625

Michael J. Bailey

   3,600    3%     137    April 2011      200,474      467,190

JoAnne Brandes

   3,600    3%     137    April 2011      200,474      467,190

Graeme D. Armstrong

   2,600    2%     137    April 2011      144,787      337,415

(1) Exercise price is the most recently calculated share price using a Cash Flow Return on Investment (“CFROI”) model in effect at the time of the stock option grant.

 

Aggregated Option/SAR Exercises in Last Fiscal Year and Fiscal Year End Option/SAR Values

 

The following table summarizes pertinent information concerning the exercise of stock options to purchase class C common stock of Holdco during our fiscal year 2004 by each of the named executive officers and the fiscal year-end value of unexercised options.

 

Name


  

Shares

Acquired

on Exercise


  

Value
Realized


  

Number of

Securities

Underlying Unexercised

Options at End of 2004

Exercisable/

Unexercisable


  

Value of Unexercised

In-The-Money

Options at End of 2004 (1)

Exercisable/

Unexercisable


           

Gregory E. Lawton

   —      —      1,695 / 47,300    $ 193,501 / $2,557,070

S. Curtis Johnson III

   —      —      52,416 /47,300      5,182,444 / 2,557,070

Michael J. Bailey

   —      —      630 / 12,324      61,674 / 691,711

JoAnne Brandes

   —      —      1,002 /12,324      69,276 / 691,711

Graeme D. Armstrong

   —      —      0 / 6,910      0 / 482,032

(1) At December 31, 2004, an estimated market value of $135.61 per share of class C common stock was used to determine the value of the in-the-money options.

 

Pension Plan

 

Employees who have completed at least one year of service with us with more than 1,000 hours of service and who work a regular schedule of at least 20 hours a week are eligible to participate in our “cash balance” retirement plan. Each participant has an account balance which represents his or her benefit under the retirement plan. Under the retirement plan, we make annual credits to a participant’s cash balance account in an amount equal to 5% of the participant’s eligible compensation up to the Social Security wage base and 10% in excess thereof and an investment credit each plan year. The investment credit is based on the value of the participant’s cash balance account as of December 31 of the prior year and 75% of the rate of return earned by the pension trust. The investment credit will never be less than 4%. Our retirement plan consists of two components: a qualified retirement plan and a non-qualified plan. For purposes of the qualified retirement plan, “eligible compensation” is the participant’s salary and bonus as included

 

44


Table of Contents

in the Summary Compensation Table above, subject to an annual limitation imposed by law which for 2004 was $205,000. For amounts of eligible compensation above the annual limitation, the credits for each participant continue under the non-qualified plan. Each participant becomes fully vested in the benefits under the retirement plan after five years of employment. Vested benefits may be paid upon termination of employment or retirement. Under the plan, a participant is eligible to retire at age 50 with at least 10 years of service. The retirement plan specifies various options that participants may select for the distribution of their accrued balance, including forms of annuity payments and lump sum distributions.

 

The retirement plan has a “grandfather” clause under which employees who were employed by us on or before June 1, 1998, have their retirement benefit calculated under both the cash balance account and the grandfathered formula. The grandfathered employee receives whichever alternative, the cash balance account or grandfathered formula, results in the higher retirement plan benefit. Benefits will continue to grow in the grandfathered alternative until June 1, 2008, at which time the benefit under that formula will be frozen. There is a two-part formula to determine the grandfathered benefits: benefits for service before 1975 and benefits for service after January 1, 1975. These amounts are added together to determine the participant’s monthly pension amount upon retirement.

 

A participant’s pension benefit for service before 1975 is calculated by two formulas: the point formula and the percentage formula. The participant receives the greater of the two. The point formula is shown below:

 

Percentage of final
average monthly pay
  x   Final average
monthly pay
  x   Years of service
before 1975
  ÷   Total years of
service
  =   Monthly pension
service before 1975

 

The participant’s final average monthly pay is the average of his or her monthly base pay for the highest paid 60 consecutive months out of the last 12 years the participant worked for us before retirement or termination.

 

The participant’s percentage of final average monthly pay is the percentage that corresponds to the sum of the participant’s age and years of service before retirement (which sum is referred to in the table as points) in the table below:

 

Points

  Pension as
% of Final
Average
Monthly Pay


  Points

 

Pension as

% of Final
Average
Monthly Pay


  Points

 

Pension as

% of Final
Average
Monthly Pay


62   6.0   75   12.5   88   19.0
63   6.5   76   13.0   89   19.5
64   7.0   77   13.5   90   20.0
65   7.5   78   14.0   91   20.5
66   8.0   79   14.5   92   21.0
67   8.5   80   15.0   93   21.5
68   9.0   81   15.5   94   22.0
69   9.5   82   16.0   95   22.5
70   10.0   83   16.5   96   23.0
71   10.5   84   17.0   97   23.5
72   11.0   85   17.5   98   24.0
73   11.5   86   18.0   99   24.5
74   12.0   87   18.5   100   25.0

 

The participant’s monthly pension for service before 1975 is calculated using the percentage formula as follows:

 

8/10 of 1%
(.008)
  x  

Final average

monthly pay

  x  

Years of service

before 1975

  =   Monthly pension service before 1975

 

45


Table of Contents

For service to us before 1975, the participant receives the greater of the two monthly pension amounts calculated using the point formula and percentage formula.

 

A participant’s monthly benefit for service beginning in January 1975 or later is coordinated with Social Security using a three-step formula. First, the participant’s retirement amount is calculated using the following formula:

 

Final average

monthly pay

  x   1.75%   x  

Years of Service after

January 1, 1975

  =   Retirement Amount

 

Next, the participant’s portion of primary Social Security paid by us is calculated:

 

Monthly Social

Security benefit

  x   Company’s share (1/2)   x   1/30   x  

Years of service after

January 1, 1975

  =  

Portion of primary Social

Security paid for by the

Company beginning January 1, 1975

 

Primary Social Security is an estimate of the participant’s monthly Social Security benefit he or she can receive at age 62. If the participant retires after age 62, primary Social Security is the estimated amount he or she can receive as of his or her retirement date.

 

The difference between the participant’s retirement amount and the primary Social Security paid by us since January 1, 1975, represents the participant’s monthly benefit for services after January 1, 1975. The total monthly benefit the participant receives under the grandfather clause of our retirement plan is equal to the sum of the monthly benefit for services before 1975 and the monthly benefit for services after January 1, 1975.

 

Finally, an employee eligible to participate under the grandfather clause of our retirement plan receives the greater of the amount calculated using the cash balance account and the amount calculated using the grandfather formula.

 

All of the named executive officers residing in the United States participate in our qualified and non-qualified retirement plans. The following table sets forth the estimated lump sum payable to each of the named executive officers at the normal retirement age of 65, assuming 3% annual increases in eligible compensation until retirement, no change from 2003 levels of maximum includable compensation and Social Security wage base and an annual investment credit of 4% under our qualified retirement plan:

 

Executive Officer


  

Qualified

Retirement Plan


Gregory E. Lawton

   $ 409,182

S. Curtis Johnson III

     1,312,371

Michael J. Bailey

     442,921

JoAnne Brandes

     1,254,018

Graeme D. Armstrong*

     N/A

* Dr. Armstrong resides in the Netherlands and does not participate in this plan.

 

The following table sets forth the estimated lump sum payable to each of the named executive officers at normal retirement age of 65, assuming 3% annual increases in eligible compensation until retirement, 2% annual increases in Social Security wage base and Consumer Price Index and an annual investment credit of 4% under our non-qualified retirement plan:

 

Executive Officer


  

Non-Qualified

Retirement Plan


 

Gregory E. Lawton

   $ 2,571,406  

S. Curtis Johnson III

     3,238,699  

Michael J. Bailey

     858,398  

JoAnne Brandes

     1,067,704  

Graeme D. Armstrong

     N/A *

* Dr. Armstrong participates in our SERA program which provides for total income replacement of 66 2/3% for retirement at age 60. An allowance for variable pay shall be determined in accordance with the SERA plan and is limited to a maximum of 20%.

 

46


Table of Contents

Mr. Lawton, Ms. Brandes and Mr. Bailey also participate in funded supplemental executive retirement plans. The provisions of the plans entitle them to a monthly benefit payable in a single life annuity equal to one-twelfth of $400,000, $50,000 and $200,000, respectively, upon retirement. Retirement is defined as attaining age 58 and completing at least eight years of service with us or our predecessor for Mr. Lawton, attaining age 58 for Ms. Brandes and attaining age 60 for Mr. Bailey. If Mr. Lawton’s, Ms. Brandes’ or Mr. Bailey’s employment is terminated due to a change in control of our company, he or she is entitled to receive the same benefit as if his/her retirement had occurred on the day before the change in control. The projected benefit obligations upon the attainment of age 58 by Mr. Lawton and Ms. Brandes and age 60 by Mr. Bailey are disclosed below:

 

     Year of
Retirement


  

Projected Benefit

Obligation


Gregory E. Lawton

   2008    $ 4,157,148

Michael J. Bailey

   2011      2,215,325

JoAnne Brandes

   2012      2,572,292

 

Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan

 

Holdco’s long-term equity incentive plan permits the Compensation Committee of Holdco’s board of directors broad discretion to grant stock options to purchase shares of class C common stock of Holdco to Holdco’s and its subsidiaries’, including our outside directors, officers and employees who are responsible to contributing to the growth and profitability of its and the subsidiaries’ businesses. The total number of class C common stock of Holdco that may be issued under its long-term equity incentive plan is 15% of the number of available shares of class A, class B and class C common stock and series A preferred stock of Holdco. The maximum share number may be adjusted if Holdco undertakes a stock split, stock dividend or similar transaction. Under the terms of the long-term equity incentive plan, if an employee is terminated for cause or terminates his employment without good reason, his unvested stock options will be canceled, and if the employee is terminated for any other reason, Holdco’s Compensation Committee has the discretion to determine if his unvested stock options will be canceled. Further, if an outside director’s services are terminated, his unvested stock options will be canceled. In any event, the terminated employee or director must exercise any vested stock options within 90 days after termination. Under the terms of the plan, an optionee may not sell or otherwise dispose of his stock options, and with respect to shares of class C common stock issued upon exercise of stock options, may not sell or otherwise dispose of those shares prior to six months after the exercise of the stock options. If the optionee wishes to sell his class C common stock after the six-month period, the optionee must first offer those shares to Holdco. An offer and subsequent purchase of shares by Holdco must occur during April, May, October or November unless employment has terminated for any reason. Holdco may purchase those shares within 60 days of receipt of the offer at the value determined in accordance with the terms of the long-term equity incentive plan. In addition, Holdco has the right to repurchase any shares if the optionee ceases to be employed by one of its subsidiaries. Finally, in the event of a change in control, as defined in the plan, Holdco’s Compensation Committee may:

 

    accelerate the vesting of stock options;

 

    purchase the stock options for cash;

 

    adjust the terms of the stock options to reflect the change in control;

 

    cause the stock options to be assumed, or new rights substituted for the stock options, by another entity; or

 

    approve any other provision as Holdco’s Compensation Committee considers advisable and in the best interests of Holdco and its shareholders.

 

47


Table of Contents

Director Compensation

 

The Vice Chairman of our board of directors, who also serves as the Chairman of the Compensation Committee, was paid $90,000 for fiscal year 2004. Also in fiscal year 2004, the Chairman of the Audit Committee was paid $80,000 and other directors who are not our employees were paid $70,000. All of the directors who receive annual retainers receive at least 50% of the cash value of their annual retainer in class C common stock of Holdco and have the opportunity to elect to receive the full amount of the retainer in such shares. Additionally, all non-employee directors receive options to purchase class C common stock of Holdco under the long-term equity incentive plan to purchase a number of shares whose value on the date of grant is equal to about 50% of each director’s annual retainer. All of our directors are also directors of Holdings. The above described fees are fees for serving on both our and Holdings’ boards of directors. Members of our board of directors who are also our employees receive no additional compensation for service on the board.

 

Employment Agreements

 

In November 1999, we entered into employment agreements with Gregory E. Lawton, Michael J. Bailey and JoAnne Brandes. We also intend to enter into an employment agreement with Graeme Armstrong, formalizing the terms of our existing agreement with him. Except for compensation provisions, the terms of these agreements are substantially similar. The employment agreements require the executive to maintain the confidentiality of our proprietary information and refrain from competing with and soliciting employees from us during his or her employment and for a period of up to two years after termination. Under these agreements, in addition to their annual salary, the executives are eligible to receive a performance bonus. Mr. Bailey’s, Ms. Brandes’ and Dr. Armstrong’s target bonuses are 65% of base salary and Mr. Lawton’s target bonus is 100% of base salary. Depending on the achievement of specified objectives, the amount of the bonus may range between 0% and 200% of the target. In addition to salary and performance bonuses, each of the executives is entitled to an annual flexible spending account, which may be used for specified personal expenses, and to participate in our long-term equity incentive plan under the terms described below. The amounts available under the flexible spending accounts are as follows: Mr. Lawton, $17,500; Mr. Bailey, Ms. Brandes and Dr. Armstrong, $10,000. Under their employment agreements, if Mr. Bailey, Ms. Brandes or Dr. Armstrong are terminated without cause, he or she is entitled to receive continuation of his or her base salary for a period of one year following termination of his or her employment with us and a pro-rated performance bonus for the fiscal year in which the termination occurs. Under Mr. Lawton’s employment agreement, if he is terminated without cause, he is entitled to receive continuation of his base salary and bonus payments at the target level during the two-year period following termination of his employment with us. The executives are entitled to reimbursement of expenses under their flexible spending accounts. In addition, Dr. Armstrong is subject to compensation as an expatriate employee. The amount of this additional expatriate compensation totaled $112,395 and $100,118 for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004 and January 2, 2004, respectively.

 

Messrs. Lawton, Bailey and Armstrong and Ms. Brandes are eligible to participate in Holdco’s long-term incentive plan and may also be provided with an opportunity to purchase shares of class C common stock of Holdco. In connection with their purchases of shares in 1999 and 2000, the offers provided that for each four shares purchased by the executive, the executive was awarded one share of restricted stock and a stock option to purchase one share of class C common stock of Holdco. The restricted share becomes vested four years from the date of grant. If the executive resigns or is terminated for cause, he or she will forfeit all unvested shares of restricted stock and options. If the executive is terminated due to death, disability or retirement, all shares of restricted stock and options will become immediately vested. If the executive is terminated for other reasons, Holdco’s Compensation Committee will determine if his or her unvested shares of restricted stock and options are forfeited. In connection with the executive’s stock purchase, we agreed to lend the executive funds to purchase the shares at the applicable federal rate. Each loan is due and payable four years after the date of the loan. If the executive remains employed by us when the loan is due, 75% of the principal amount of the loan is forgiven. To the extent the principal of the loan is forgiven, the executive receives a tax gross-up bonus. In addition to the loan, during the term of employment with us, each executive receives a bonus that is equal to the interest due on the loan. The bonus is paid to the executive at the time interest is due on the loan. No new executive loans relating to the purchase of common stock have been made since December 2000. Additional detail with respect to outstanding loans is provided under “Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions - Transactions with Management.”

 

48


Table of Contents

The long-term incentive plan provides that stock options granted to Messrs. Lawton, Bailey and Armstrong and Ms. Brandes will become vested seven years after the date of grant, and vested options will be exercisable for a period of ten years following the date of grant. If the executive resigns or is terminated for cause, all of the executive’s unvested options will be forfeited. If the executive is terminated due to death, disability or retirement, all of his or her stock options will become immediately vested and exercisable. If he or she is terminated for other reasons, Holdco’s Compensation Committee will determine if the executive’s options are forfeited. The executive will have 90 days after the date of his or her termination of employment with us to exercise vested stock options. In addition, under the agreements, we may repurchase any shares of common stock upon the executive’s termination of employment.

 

In December 2001, we entered into an agreement with S. Curtis Johnson III under which he is eligible to participate in the long-term incentive plan. The agreement provides that stock options granted to Mr. Johnson will become vested four years after the date of grant, and his vested options will be exercisable for a period of seven years following the date of grant. Holdco’s Compensation Committee may accelerate the vesting of Mr. Johnson’s options. If Mr. Johnson resigns or is terminated for cause, he will forfeit all of his unvested options. If Mr. Johnson is terminated due to death, disability or retirement, all of his stock options will become immediately vested and exercisable. If Mr. Johnson is terminated for other reasons, Holdco’s Compensation Committee will determine if his options are forfeited. Mr. Johnson will have 90 days after the date of his termination of employment with us to exercise his vested stock options.

 

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

 

Subject to the terms of the stockholders’ agreement among Unilever, Holdco and Holdings, the Compensation Committee of our board of directors establishes our compensation policies and the compensation of our officers and establishes and administers our compensation programs. See “Item 13, Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.” The members of our Compensation Committee are Neal Nottleson, chairman, Irene Esteves, Todd Brown, Robert Howe, S. Curtis Johnson III and Reto Wittwer. In addition, Rudy Markham serves as the Unilever appointed director to our Compensation Committee, but is a non-voting member. Other than S. Curtis Johnson III, our Chairman and a descendant of Samuel Curtis Johnson, none of these directors is, or has been, an officer or employee of JohnsonDiversey, Holdings or Holdco.

 

49


Table of Contents

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

 

Equity Compensation Plan Information

 

The following table provides information as of December 31, 2004, with respect to compensation plans under which shares of class C common stock of Holdco are authorized for issuance under compensation plans previously approved and not previously approved by our stockholders.

 

    

(a)


    

(b)


    

(c)


Plan Category    Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights      Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights      Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in column (a))
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders    409,049      $    119.39      427,784(1)
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders    —        N/A      —  
Total    409,049      $    119.39      427,784

(1) Excludes 56,173 shares of unvested restricted stock awards; any of such awards that do not vest will increase the number of shares available for issuance pursuant to future long-term equity incentive plan awards.

 

Except for one share owned by SCJ, Holdings owns all of our outstanding shares of common stock. Holdco owns two-thirds of the equity interests of Holdings and Marga B.V., which is 100% owned by Unilever, owns one-third of the equity interests of Holdings. The stockholders’ agreement among Unilever, Holdings and Holdco and the certificate of incorporation of Holdings generally require, with specified exceptions, the approval of stockholders holding more than 90% of the outstanding shares of Holdings to effect various transactions and actions by Holdings and its subsidiaries, including the sale or other disposition of shares of our common stock. See “Item 13, Certain Relationships and Related Transactions – Relationships with Unilever – Stockholders’ Agreement.” In addition, two of the eleven members of the board of directors of Holdings are officers and/or directors of Unilever. Accordingly, Unilever and Holdco would be deemed to have shared investment power over all of the shares of our common stock owned by Holdings.

 

None of our directors or officers owns shares of our common stock. However, several of our directors and officers own shares of the common stock of Holdco.

 

The following table sets forth information regarding beneficial ownership of the common and preferred stock of Holdco as of March 4, 2005, held by:

 

    Imogene P. Johnson, surviving spouse of Samuel C. Johnson;

 

    our directors;

 

    our Chairman, our Chief Executive Officer and our three other most highly compensated executive officers; and

 

    all directors and executive officers as a group.

 

S. Curtis Johnson III has voting and investment power with respect to 252,467 shares of class A common stock of Holdco, or 56.3% of the voting power of Holdco. Because Holdco has a controlling interest in our direct

 

50


Table of Contents

parent, Holdings, and has shared investment power over all of the shares of our common stock owned by Holdings, S. Curtis Johnson III may be deemed to share voting and investment power with respect to all shares of our common stock owned by Holdings.

 

Beneficial ownership is calculated in accordance with Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Except as otherwise noted, we believe that each of the holders listed below has sole voting and investment power over the shares beneficially owned by the holder.

 

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner (1)


  

Title of Class (2)


   Amount and
Nature of
Beneficial
Ownership (3)


    Percent of
Class
Outstanding


 

Five Percent Owners:

Imogene P. Johnson

555 North Main Street

Racine, Wisconsin 53402

   Class B Common Series A Preferred    800,000
67,766
(4)
(5)
   
 
28.3
28.8
%
%
Directors:                    

Todd C. Brown

   Class C Common    644         *

Irene M. Esteves

   Class C Common    2,874 (6)     1.2 %

Robert M. Howe

   Class C Common    2,637 (6)     1.0 %

Helen P. Johnson-Leipold

  

Class B Common

Class C Common Series A Preferred

   525,271
833
28,499
(7)
 
(8)
   
 
 
18.6
 
12.1
%
*
%

Clifton D. Louis

  

Class B Common

Class C Common

   40,523
1,286
(9)
 
   
 
1.4
1.2
%
%

Neal R. Nottleson

  

Class A Common

Class B Common Class C Common

   400
4,925
3,118
 
 
(10)
   
 
 
 
 
1.0
*
*
%

Reto Wittwer

   Class C Common    405         *
Named Executive Officers:                    

S. Curtis Johnson III

  

Class A Common

Class B Common Class C Common Series A Preferred

   252,467
547,378
54,950
68,977
(11)
(12)
(13)
(14)
   
 
 
 
56.3
19.4
2.4
29.4
%
%
%
%

Gregory E. Lawton

   Class C Common    28,332 (15)     24.9 %

Michael J. Bailey

   Class C Common    5,356 (16)     4.4 %

JoAnne Brandes

  

Class B Common

Class C Common Series A Preferred

   6,777
8,056
200
 
(17)
 
   
 
 
 
6.6
 
*
%
*

Graeme D. Armstrong

   Class C Common    420         *

All Directors and Executive Officers as a Group (23 persons)

  

Class A Common

Class B Common Class C Common Series A Preferred

   252,867
667,456
132,550
71,067
 
 
(18)
 
   
 
 
 
56.3
23.6
64.4
30.2
%
%
%
%

* Indicates that the percentage of shares beneficially owned does not exceed 1% of the class.

 

51


Table of Contents
(1) Except as otherwise indicated, the mailing address of each person shown is c/o JohnsonDiversey, Inc., 8310 16th Street, P.O. Box 902, Sturtevant, Wisconsin 53177-0902.
(2) The equity securities of Holdco consist of class A common stock, par value $1.00 per share, class B common stock, par value $1.00 per share, class C common stock, par value $1.00 per share and series A convertible preferred stock, par value $100.00 per share. The holders of class A common stock of Holdco are entitled to one vote on all matters submitted for a vote of the security holders of the company. The class B common stock are non-voting securities. The holders of class C common stock have no voting rights other than the right to elect one director who must be an officer of Holdco. The series A convertible preferred stock has no voting rights other than the right to vote on the creation or issuance of any equity securities that would rank senior to the series A convertible preferred stock and the right to elect one director if the company fails to pay cash dividends in specified circumstances.
(3) For purposes of this table, shares are considered to be “beneficially” owned if the person directly or indirectly has the sole or shared power to vote or direct the voting of the securities or the sole or shared power to dispose of or direct the disposition of the securities, and a person is considered to be the beneficial owner of shares if that person has the right to acquire the beneficial ownership of the shares within 60 days of March 4, 2005. Unless otherwise noted, the beneficial owners have sole voting and dispositive power over their shares listed in this column.
(4) Consists of 500,000 shares of class B common stock owned by H.F.J. Holding Co., Inc., 200,000 shares of class B common stock owned by Windpoint 1970 Holding Company and 100,000 shares owned by Nomad Investment Co. Inc. The H.F. Johnson Family Trust is the sole shareholder of each of these companies. Imogene P. Johnson is the trustee of the H.F. Johnson Family Trust.
(5) Includes 36,254 shares of series A convertible preferred stock owned by H.F.J. Holding Co., Inc., 21,751 shares of series A convertible preferred stock owned by Windpoint 1970 Holding Company and 9,761 shares of series A convertible preferred stock owned by Samuel C. Johnson 1988 Trust No. 1. The H.F. Johnson Family Trust is the sole shareholder of H.F.J. Holding Co., Inc. and of Windpoint 1970 Holding Company. Imogene P. Johnson is the trustee of the H.F. Johnson Family Trust and, along with Johnson Bank, is co-trustee of the Samuel C. Johnson 1988 Trust No. 1.
(6) Includes 1,575 shares of class C common stock subject to outstanding options.
(7) Includes 129,000 shares of class B common stock owned by Cayuga 1993 Limited Partnership, 105,830 shares of class B common stock owned by Rochester 1993 Limited Partnership, and 110,868 shares of class B common stock owned by Johnson Family Partnership L.P. The Helen Johnson-Leipold Third Party Gift and Inheritance Trust, over which Ms. Johnson-Leipold has voting and investment power, is a general partner of each of these limited partnerships and shares voting and investment power. This number also includes 26,000 shares of class B common stock owned by S, F & H Partners, L.P., 41,775 shares of class B common stock owned by HELSA Associates II, L.P., 21,306 shares of class B common stock owned by Combined Partners L.P. and 78 shares of class B common stock owned by H.P.J.L. Corporation. Ms. Johnson-Leipold is a general partner of HELSA Associates II, L.P., which is a general partner of both Combined Partners L.P. and S, F & H Partners, L.P. She is also an officer and director and the sole shareholder of H.P.J.L. Corporation. Finally, this number also includes 90,414 shares of class B common stock owned by C and H Investment Co., Inc. The Helen Johnson-Leipold Third Party Gift and Inheritance Trust is a general partner of Curelle II L.P., which is a general partner of Curelle Associates L.P. Curelle Associates, L.P. owns all of the outstanding common stock of C and H Investment Co., Inc.
(8)

Includes 9,353 shares of series A convertible preferred stock owned by Cayuga 1993 Limited Partnership, 7,673 shares of series A convertible preferred stock owned by Rochester 1993 Limited Partnership, and 8,039 shares of series A convertible preferred stock owned by Johnson Family Partnership L.P. The Helen Johnson-Leipold Third Party Gift and Inheritance Trust is a general partner of each of these limited partnerships and shares voting and investment power. This number also includes 1,885 shares of series A convertible preferred stock owned by S, F & H Partners, L.P., 1,544 shares of series A convertible preferred stock owned by

 

52


Table of Contents
 

Combined Partners L.P. and 5 shares of series A convertible preferred stock owned by H.P.J.L. Corporation. Ms. Johnson-Leipold is a general partner of HELSA Associates II, L.P., which is a general partner of both Combined Partners L.P. and S, F & H Partners L.P. She is also an officer and director and the sole shareholder of H.P.J.L. Corporation.

(9) Includes 40,253 shares of class B common stock owned by All Blue But One, L.P.
(10) Includes 2,025 shares of class C common stock subject to outstanding options.
(11) Consists of 242,136 shares of class A common stock owned by the H.F. Johnson Distributing Trust B, f/b/o Samuel C. Johnson et. al., 10,254 shares of class A common stock owned by the Herbert F. Johnson Foundation Trust #1 and 77 shares of class A common stock owned by the S. Curtis Johnson Third Party Gift and Inheritance Trust. S. Curtis Johnson III is the trustee of the H.F. Johnson Distributing Trust B and the Herbert F. Johnson Foundation Trust #1, and the grantor of the S. Curtis Johnson Third Party Gift and Inheritance Trust. S. Curtis Johnson III has voting and investment power with respect to these shares.
(12) Includes 129,000 shares of class B common stock owned by Cayuga 1993 Limited Partnership, 105,830 shares of class B common stock owned by Rochester 1993 Limited Partnership, 21,306 shares of class B common stock owned by Combined Partners L.P. and 110,868 shares of class B common stock owned by Johnson Family Partnership L.P. The S. Curtis Johnson Third Party Gift and Inheritance Trust is a general partner of each of these limited partnerships and shares voting and investment power. This number also includes 90,414 shares of class B common stock owned by C and H Investment Co., Inc. and includes 47,651 shares of class B common stock owned by C&S Partners II L.P., of which S. Curtis Johnson III is a general partner and shares voting and investment power. S. Curtis Johnson III is a general partner of Curelle SCJ III, L.P., which is a general partner of Curelle Associate, L.P. Curelle Associate, L.P. owns all of the outstanding common stock of C and H Investment Co., Inc. Finally, this number also includes 30,000 shares of class B common stock owned by the Herbert F. Johnson Foundation Trust #1, 2,014 shares of class B common stock owned by the S. Curtis Johnson Third Party Gift and Inheritance Trust and 10,295 shares of class B common stock owned by the S. Curtis Johnson III Family Trust. S. Curtis Johnson III is the trustee of the S. Curtis Johnson III Family Trust.
(13) These shares are owned by the S. Curtis Johnson Third Party Gift and Inheritance Trust. Includes 52,416 shares of class C common stock subject to outstanding options.
(14) Includes 17,557 shares of series A convertible preferred stock owned by H.F. Johnson Distributing Trust B. S. Curtis Johnson III is the trustee of the H.F. Johnson Distributing Trust B, f/b/o Samuel C. Johnson et. al. Also includes 9,353 shares of series A convertible preferred stock owned by Cayuga 1993 Limited Partnership, 7,673 shares of series A convertible preferred stock owned by Rochester 1993 Limited Partnership, 1,544 shares of series A convertible preferred stock owned by Combined Partners L.P. and 8,039 shares of series A convertible preferred stock owned by Johnson Family Partnership L.P. The S. Curtis Johnson Third Party Gift and Inheritance Trust is a general partner of each of these limited partnerships and shares voting and investment power. This number also includes 7,250 shares of series A convertible preferred stock owned by Herbert F. Johnson Foundation Trust #1, 746 shares of series A convertible preferred stock owned by S. Curtis Johnson III Family Trust, 363 shares of series A convertible preferred stock owned by SCJ III Family Line Investments, Inc., 8,334 shares of series A convertible preferred stock owned by S. Curtis Johnson Third Party Gift and Inheritance Trust and 8,118 shares of series A convertible preferred stock owned by Helen J. Leipold Third Party Gift and Inheritance Trust. S. Curtis Johnson III is the trustee of each of S. Curtis Johnson III Family Trust and SCJ III Family Line Investments, Inc. The trustee of the S, Curtis Johnson Third Party Gift and Inheritance Trust is the Johnson Trust Company, over which S. Curtis Johnson III has voting and investment power.
(15) Includes 1,695 shares of class C common stock subject to outstanding options.
(16) Includes 630 shares of class C common stock subject to outstanding options.
(17) Includes 1,002 shares of class C common stock subject to outstanding options.
(18) Includes 63,688 shares of class C common stock subject to outstanding options.

 

53


Table of Contents

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

 

The following summarizes the material terms of various agreements and arrangements that we have entered into with our directors, executive officers, affiliates, including SCJ and Unilever, and other beneficial owners of our company.

 

Relationships with S.C. Johnson & Son

 

Until 1999, we were a wholly owned subsidiary of SCJ, a leading manufacturer and marketer of branded consumer products for air care, home cleaning, insect control, home food management and personal care that Samuel Curtis Johnson founded in 1886. In November 1999, we were separated from SCJ in a tax-free spin-off to descendants of Samuel Curtis Johnson and the other stockholders of SCJ. In connection with the 1999 spin-off, we entered into a number of agreements relating to the separation from SCJ and the ongoing relationship of the two companies after the spin-off. A number of these agreements relate to our ordinary course of business, while others pertain to our historical relationship with SCJ and our former status as a wholly owned subsidiary of SCJ. The material terms of these agreements, amendments to these agreements and other agreements and arrangements entered into since the 1999 spin-off are summarized below.

 

Leases. We have entered into several leases with SCJ for space in SCJ’s Waxdale manufacturing facility. Under two short-term leases, we lease about 45,600 square feet of manufacturing space for our professional business and about 17,000 square feet of manufacturing space for our polymer business. These leases expire on July 2, 2005, and automatically renew for additional one-year terms, unless terminated earlier. Under two long-term leases, we lease about 180,000 square feet of manufacturing space for our professional business and about 144,000 square feet of manufacturing space for our polymer business. These long-term leases expire on June 2, 2009, and automatically renew for additional five-year terms, unless terminated earlier. Each lease may be terminated by SCJ as a result of an event of default under the lease, if the license agreements or technology disclosure and license agreement referred to below terminate, or upon prior notice by SCJ of 18 months in the case of the long-term lease for our professional business, 30 months in the case of the long-term lease for our polymer business and six months in the case of both short-term leases. In addition, if the long-term lease for our polymer business is terminated under specified circumstances by either party, we must pay to SCJ an amount equal to the then-current net book value of the rented space. For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004, January 2, 2004, and January 3, 2003, we paid SCJ an aggregate of $3.2 million, $2.7 million and $2.7 million, respectively, under the Waxdale leases. In addition to the Waxdale leases, we lease facilities at other locations from SCJ, including facilities in Japan and Greece under the Administration Services and Shared Services Agreements described below.

 

License Agreements. Under a license agreement, SCJ has granted us an exclusive license to use specified trade names, housemarks and brand names incorporating “Johnson” (including “Johnson Wax Professional”) and “Drackett,” including the right to use “Johnson” with our owned trade name “Diversey,” in the institutional and industrial channels of trade and in specified channels of trade approved by SCJ in which both our professional business and SCJ’s consumer business operate, which we refer to as “cross-over” channels of trade. SCJ has the unilateral right to eliminate any existing, or to withhold approval of any proposed future, cross-over channels of trade (including cross-over channels of trade in which DiverseyLever products are sold by us after the closing of the acquisition) and can terminate the license agreement if we sell any products in the cross-over channels of trade that are not authorized under the license agreement. SCJ has also granted us a license to use specified SCJ brand names in connection with various products sold in institutional and industrial channels of trade and the cross-over channels of trade. We have the right to grant sublicenses under the license agreement to our subsidiaries.

 

Under this license agreement, we are required to pay SCJ a royalty fee equal to 4% of our and our sub licensees’ net sales of the products bearing the SCJ brand names. The license agreement also provides for a royalty fee equal to 6% for SCJ brand names added after January 1, 2003, and for certain products having SCJ brand names that are actually produced by SCJ. For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004, January 2, 2004, and January 3, 2003, we paid SCJ a total royalty fee of $4.5 million, $4.1million and $2.6 million, respectively. Pursuant to an adjustment clause in the license agreement, as of May 1, 2007, the royalty rate on products at the 4% rate will increase to 6%.

 

54


Table of Contents

The license agreement terminates on May 2, 2011, and may be extended to May 2, 2012, provided the license agreement has not been terminated by SCJ prior to May 2, 2006. Thereafter, the license agreement automatically renews for successive two-year terms. The license agreement automatically terminates if:

 

    we, Holdings or Holdco undergo a change of control;

 

    prior to the spin-off of any subsidiary, we fail to change the name of that subsidiary to a name that does not include “Johnson”;

 

    we make any assignment for the benefit of creditors, a trustee or receiver is appointed to administer our business or we are in voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy;

 

    a country or governmental entity nationalizes or acquires any interest in us; or

 

    if we, Holdings, Holdco or any of the sub licensees enters into a joint venture, co- marketing arrangement, or other strategic alliance with a competitor of SCJ, or 10% or more of the voting shares or other issued and outstanding equity interests of us, Holdings, Holdco or any of the sub licensees is acquired by a competitor of SCJ or if the license agreement is directly or indirectly assigned, assumed or in any way transferred to a competitor of SCJ.

 

SCJ may terminate the license agreement in whole or in part:

 

    if we or any of our sub licensees are in material breach of the license agreement;

 

    for any actions by us or our sub licensees that are detrimental to the best interests of SCJ or the goodwill of any trade name, housemark or trademark, as determined by the board of directors of SCJ;

 

    if Unilever transfers any of its ownership interest in us or Holdings to a third party;

 

    if any rights under the license agreement are assigned or transferred;

 

    if any of the following has occurred or is continuing with respect to indebtedness under any agreement or arrangement under which indebtedness of at least $25 million is outstanding: (1) we, Holdings or any subsidiary fail to make any payment in respect of indebtedness when due, (2) any event occurs that results in acceleration of indebtedness, or (3) any event or condition occurs that permits the lenders under the senior secured credit agreement for our senior secured credit facilities or that permits a holder of the senior subordinated notes or of the senior discount notes of Holdings to accelerate the indebtedness there under; or

 

    if we or any of our affiliates promote, market, sell or distribute, directly or indirectly, including through a joint venture, co-marketing arrangement or other strategic alliance, outside of the industrial channels of trade and the cross-over channels of trade, any product that competes with SCJ’s consumer branded products (unless permitted by SCJ).

 

In some circumstances, however, instead of terminating, the license agreement will convert into a license to use only the trade names and housemarks involving combinations of “Johnson” and “Diversey” until May 2, 2012.

 

In the event any dispute arising under the license agreement cannot be resolved through negotiation, the dispute will either be referred to the board of directors or chairman of the board of SCJ, depending on the nature of the dispute. In either case, the chairman of the board has ultimate authority to resolve the dispute, and we cannot challenge that decision.

 

In addition, we have a license agreement with SCJ under which SCJ has granted us a license to use the Johnson trade name and housemark in our polymer business, the terms of which are similar to those of the license agreement discussed above. We do not, however, pay any fees to SCJ under the license agreement relating to our polymer business.

 

55


Table of Contents

Under a technology disclosure and license agreement with SCJ and Johnson Polymer, Inc., our subsidiary, each party has granted to the other party a license, with the right to grant sublicenses to their subsidiaries, to use the technology being used by that party in connection with products sold by that party under its own brand names and in its own channels of trade. The technology disclosure and license agreement also provides guidelines pursuant to which the parties may voluntarily disclose and sublicense to each other new technologies that they develop internally, acquire or license from third parties. The technology disclosure and license agreement terminates on May 2, 2011, and will extend automatically to May 2, 2012, if the license agreement has not been terminated by SCJ prior to May 2, 2006. Thereafter, the license agreement automatically renews for successive two-year terms. The licenses granted to us and Johnson Polymer terminate upon the occurrence of specified bankruptcy or insolvency-related events involving us or Johnson Polymer or upon thirty days’ notice of an uncured material breach by us or Johnson Polymer. No fees are paid under the technology disclosure and license agreement.

 

After our 1999 separation from SCJ, SCJ continued to operate the professional and polymer businesses in various countries in which we did not have operations. Under a territorial license agreement, we license the intellectual property rights to SCJ to allow it to manufacture and sell our products in those countries. Under this agreement, SCJ pays a royalty fee based on its and its sub licensees’ net sales of products bearing our brand names. This agreement expires on July 2, 2006, but will automatically renew for additional two-year terms. Since the separation, we have established operations in several countries and have purchased the inventory and other assets relating to the professional or polymer business in those countries from SCJ. Amounts paid by SCJ to us under the territorial license agreement during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004, January 2, 2004, and January 3, 2003 were not material.

 

Administrative Services and Shared Services Agreements. We have entered into several administrative services agreements with SCJ. Under these agreements, SCJ provides us with a wide range of central support services. These services include various information technology, office and mail support, property administration, risk management, accounting, medical center nursing and facilities maintenance, employee benefits administration, compensation and other services. In addition, the agreements provide for the use by us of several administrative and other properties owned by SCJ. Generally, these agreements are for a one-year term but automatically renew for additional one-year terms, unless terminated earlier. SCJ may terminate each agreement under specified circumstances or for any reason by providing prior written notice to us. In addition, SCJ provides us with various business support services pursuant to shared services agreements in several countries, including Italy and the U.K. For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004, January 2, 2004, and January 3, 2003, we paid to SCJ an aggregate of $14.5 million, $29.8 million, and $31.9 million, respectively, under all of these administrative services and shared services agreements, including $0, 11.5 million, and $10.8 million, respectively, of amounts paid to reimburse SCJ for benefit costs and other miscellaneous costs paid by SCJ on our behalf.

 

Joint Operating Agreement. Holdco, our indirect parent, is party to a joint operating agreement with SCJ, dated June 17, 1999, governing the use of several airplanes. Holdco has an 18% ownership interest in those airplanes, and SCJ holds the remaining ownership interests. Under the joint operating agreement, SCJ agreed to provide Holdco with various services relating to the airplanes, including administering the Federal Aviation Administration reporting requirements for Holdco, providing all required maintenance and repairs for the airplanes, providing insurance and risk management services and maintaining qualified licensed pilots to pilot the airplanes. SCJ may not terminate or reduce the level of any service without Holdco’s prior consent. Under the joint operating agreement, Holdco must pay SCJ its proportional share of capital and operating costs for the airplanes. Holdco’s share of the operating costs is based on the relative usage of the airplanes by our employees, and we have agreed to pay its share of the operating costs directly to SCJ. The joint operating agreement terminates on July 2, 2006, and automatically renews for additional one-year terms. The joint operating agreement will also terminate upon a material breach or default under the agreement that is not cured within thirty days of written notice. In addition, the joint operating agreement terminates if at any time the voting control of either party is not directly or indirectly owned by a lineal descendant of Herbert Fisk Johnson, Jr., a descendant of Samuel Curtis Johnson. Finally, at any time after the joint operating agreement is terminated, SCJ has the right to purchase Holdco’s ownership interest in the airplanes at the fair market value of the airplanes. For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004, January 2, 2004, and January 3 2003, we paid an aggregate of $841,000, $938,000, and $1.1 million, respectively, for operating costs in connection with the joint operating agreement. In addition, in connection with the joint operating agreement, Holdco issued a promissory note in the principal amount of $429,000 on October 31, 2002. This note matured on October 31, 2004. Under the terms of the note, Holdco paid $214,390 of the principal amount on October 27, 2003, and the remainder upon maturity.

 

56


Table of Contents

Environmental Agreement. Under an environmental agreement with SCJ, SCJ has agreed to bear financial responsibility for, and indemnify us against, specified environmental liabilities existing on June 28, 1997, for sites used in our professional and polymer businesses and for which liability may have been incurred prior to our separation from SCJ. Under the agreement, we are financially responsible for all other environmental liabilities that arise from or are related to the historic, current and future operation of our business and must indemnify SCJ for any losses associated with these liabilities. Under the agreement, SCJ has the authority to manage any environmental projects as to which circumstances make it appropriate for SCJ to manage the project. Amounts paid by us to SCJ under the environmental agreement during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004, January 2, 2004, and January 3, 2003 were not material.

 

Tax Sharing Agreement. Our 1999 separation from SCJ caused us, our subsidiaries and Holdco to cease to be members of the SCJ affiliated tax group and to become a new affiliated tax group headed by Holdco. To allocate responsibility for taxes following the separation, we, Holdco and SCJ entered into a tax sharing agreement. The tax sharing agreement provides generally that the SCJ group is liable for, and will indemnify the Holdco group against, all U.S. federal, state, and non-U.S. taxes for all periods before the separation; however, we are responsible for the payment to SCJ group of its own share of taxes, and for periods after the separation, the SCJ group is responsible for its own taxes, but not the taxes of the Holdco group. The tax sharing agreement also requires the parties to make adjustments for differences between the SCJ group’s tax liability under the consolidated tax returns filed for periods before the separation and what the parties’ respective liabilities would have been for the same periods had they filed separate returns. Based on current estimates, we owed SCJ about $1.3 million for those periods, half of which was paid in October 2002 and $300,000 of which was paid in October 2003. This amount, however, is subject to further adjustment as a result of current and potential future audits as well as tax carry-forward and carry-back provisions. We and Holdco are liable for the Holdco group’s taxes after the separation. Under the tax sharing agreement, SCJ is responsible for any taxes imposed as a result of the separation itself. However, if we or Holdco take any action that is inconsistent with, or fail to take any action required by, the agreement pursuant to which the separation was effected, the parties’ application to the Internal Revenue Service for a determination that the separation would qualify for favorable U.S. federal income tax treatment, or the Internal Revenue Service’s determination, we and Holdco would be responsible for any taxes that result from our action or failure to act. The tax sharing agreement also provides for the conduct of tax audits and contests, and for the retention of records.

 

Supply Agreements. We have entered into numerous supply and manufacturing agreements with SCJ. Under some of these agreements, we manufacture and supply raw materials and products, including polymers, to SCJ in several countries, including Japan, the Netherlands and the United States. Under other supply and manufacturing agreements, SCJ manufactures and supplies raw materials and products to us in several countries, including Argentina, Brazil, Chile, Columbia, Costa Rica, Greece, Japan, Mexico, the Netherlands, the United States and Venezuela. The terms of the agreements range between two to five years, with rights to renew the agreements for additional one-year terms. In general, the agreements terminate for breach or default under the agreements, if a specified insolvency-related event involving either party is commenced or occurs or by mutual agreement. For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004, January 2, 2004, and January 3, 2003, we paid to SCJ an aggregate of $29.2 million, $27.0 million, and $31.3 million, respectively, under these supply and manufacturing agreements for inventory purchases, and SCJ paid us an aggregate of $22.8 million, $23.9 million, and $24.7 million, respectively, under the agreements for inventory purchases.

 

Relationships with Other Johnson Family Businesses

 

We lease office space in Sturtevant, Wisconsin from Willow Holdings, Inc., which is controlled by the descendants of Samuel Curtis Johnson. We entered into this lease on July 1, 2002, and it expires on June 30, 2007. For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004, January 2, 2004, and January 3, 2003, we paid $812,000, $766,000 and $301,000, respectively, under this lease. In addition, the lease provides for a line of credit not exceeding $1.2 million at an interest rate of 8% per annum from Willow Holdings, LLC to us for the purpose of certain leasehold improvements. At December 31, 2004 and January 2, 2004, amounts outstanding under this line of credit were $504,000 and $686,000, respectively.

 

We have a banking relationship with the Johnson Financial Group, which is majority-owned by the descendants of Samuel Curtis Johnson. We paid service fees to the Johnson Financial Group totaling $167,000, $104,000 and $45,000 for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004, January 2, 2004, and January 3, 2003, respectively. We had no loans outstanding with Johnson Financial Group for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004, January 2, 2004, or January 3, 2003.

 

57


Table of Contents

Relationships with Unilever

 

Prior to our acquisition of the DiverseyLever business in May 2002, DiverseyLever was a division of Unilever and consequently relied on Unilever for various services, including administration, research and development, treasury, legal, tax planning and compliance, and other support services. In addition, DiverseyLever was party to a number of transactions with Unilever, including the sale of products to and the purchase of products from Unilever.

 

Simultaneously with the closing of the acquisition, we, Holdings, Unilever and some of our affiliates entered into agreements which replaced a number of these prior agreements with Unilever, as well as agreements relating to our governance and the governance of Holdings, commercial relationships and matters arising out of the acquisition. These agreements include a sales agency agreement, various intellectual property agreements, a transitional services agreement, two supply agreements, a stockholders’ agreement, a non-competition agreement and a registration rights agreement relating to the senior discount notes of Holdings. All of the agreements with Unilever were negotiated before Unilever acquired its equity interest in Holdings and its senior discount notes of Holdings and, therefore, are on arms-length terms. We, Holdings and Unilever are also parties to an acquisition agreement that imposes certain on-going obligations on the parties, including indemnity obligations.

 

Acquisition Agreement.

 

Initial Acquisition Agreement. At the closing of the acquisition, Unilever transferred the DiverseyLever business to us, Holdings and several of our subsidiaries. All of the assets and operations of the DiverseyLever business acquired by Holdings in the acquisition were subsequently contributed by Holdings to us. In consideration for the DiverseyLever business, Unilever received:

 

    a net cash payment in various currencies equivalent to about $1 billion;

 

    a one-third equity interest in Holdings; and

 

    the senior discount notes of Holdings, which had a principal amount at issuance of about $241 million and are recorded on Holdings’ financial statements.

 

Post-Closing Adjustments to Consideration. The acquisition agreement provides for various adjustments to the consideration for the DiverseyLever business paid by us and Holdings to Unilever if, at closing, (1) the net debt of the DiverseyLever business or (2) the working capital of the DiverseyLever business, was less or more than the amounts estimated by the parties. In addition, the amount paid by Unilever as its subscription price for its equity interest in Holdings is subject to adjustment if, at closing, (1) our net debt or (2) our working capital, was less or more than the amounts estimated by the parties. The acquisition agreement provides that any adjustments to the consideration or subscription price resulting from differences in net debt or working capital of us or the DiverseyLever business at the closing of the acquisition from the estimated amounts will be paid:

 

    in the case of an excess or shortfall of the net debt or working capital of the DiverseyLever business, subject to a $1 million deductible in the case of any working capital adjustment, 100% in cash to us if net debt was more or working capital was less at closing than the estimated amounts and 100% in cash to Unilever if net debt was less or working capital was greater at closing than the estimated amounts, each payable together with interest from and including the closing date at an agreed rate within five business days following final determination of the adjustment amount; and

 

   

in the case of an excess or shortfall of the net debt or working capital of us, in an amount equal to (1) the product of the amount of that excess or shortfall (subject to a $1 million deductible in the case of any working capital adjustment), together with interest from and including the closing date at an agreed rate, and, (2) multiplied by 1.5, that amount payable on the date on which Unilever ceases to hold its equity interest in Holdings. Any amount paid by us to Unilever is intended to make Unilever whole with respect

 

58


Table of Contents

to its portion of any excess in net debt or deficit in our working capital, recognizing Unilever’s one-third equity interest in Holdings; similarly, any amount paid by Unilever to us is intended to make us whole with respect to its portion of any deficit in net debt or excess in our working capital, recognizing Holdco’s two-thirds equity interest in Holdings.

 

In July 2002, we and Unilever determined the net debt adjustments to (1) the purchase price for the DiverseyLever business and (2) the subscription price Unilever paid for its one-third equity interest in Holdings. We and Unilever agreed that DiverseyLever’s net debt at closing was less than estimated amounts, resulting in an adjustment to the purchase price for the DiverseyLever business equal to 100% of such amount, plus interest, in cash to Unilever. The adjustment was determined to be about $15.3 million, of which about $5.6 million was paid by us to Unilever in July 2002 and the balance was paid in February 2003. In addition, we and Unilever agreed that our net debt at closing exceeded estimated amounts by about $23.5 million. This will result in a reduction to Unilever’s subscription price for its equity interest in Holdings of about $11.8 million according to the formula described above. Under the acquisition agreement, we will pay this amount on behalf of Holdings, together with interest from and including the closing date (in accordance with the formula described above), to Unilever on the date on which Unilever ceases to hold its equity interest in Holdings. See “—Stockholders’ Agreement—Put and Call Options.”

 

In November 2002, we agreed with Unilever that we would pay to Unilever about $33.6 million, representing the working capital adjustment to the purchase price for the DiverseyLever business. We paid this amount to Unilever during the fourth quarter of 2002. Also, based on our final pre-closing balance sheet, a comparison was made of the final working capital amount to a predetermined working capital amount set forth in the acquisition agreement. Because our final working capital amount exceeded the predetermined amount, we anticipate that Unilever will be required to pay to us about $30.9 million, representing an adjustment to the subscription price for Unilever’s equity interest in Holdings. However, Unilever would be required to pay the final agreed amount, together with interest from and including the closing date (in accordance with the formula described above), to us on the date on which Unilever ceases to hold its equity interest in Holdings.

 

At the closing of the acquisition, post-employment benefit liabilities in respect of pre-closing service of DiverseyLever business employees and, in some cases, former employees, under most employee benefit plans maintained by Unilever were transferred to us or our employee benefit plans. To the extent that the value of any employee benefit plan assets transferred differed from the value of the transferred liabilities, in each case calculated as provided in the acquisition agreement and using actuarial methods and assumptions specified therein, the excess or shortfall, as the case may be, adjusted in some cases by a tax adjustment factor, is to be paid as an adjustment to purchase price for the DiverseyLever business (1) by us to Unilever in the case of any excess or (2) to us by Unilever in the case of any shortfall. Unilever may defer and pay to us with interest up to the time Unilever ceases to own any equity interest in Holdings, up to 75% of any shortfall attributable to transferred liabilities under unfunded post-employment benefit plans.

 

Based on a the determination of the transferred pension assets and liabilities relating to specified plans we assumed in the acquisition, Unilever agreed to pay to us an aggregate of about $115 million, representing an adjustment to the purchase price for the DiverseyLever business. The majority of this adjustment is to be paid by Unilever once the amounts are agreed in respect of a plan, with the remainder to be paid, together with interest from and including the closing date, on the date on which Unilever ceases to hold its equity interest in Holdings. As of December 31, 2004, we had received about $67.9 million, representing a portion of Unilever’s payment of the transferred pension adjustment. The transferred pension adjustment represents the shortfall of transferred pension assets relative to liabilities, adjusted for tax, if applicable. Under the acquisition agreement, if the transferred assets are less than 90% of the value of the transferred liabilities of specified DiverseyLever pension plans, we are required to use the amounts received from Unilever in connection with the transferred pension adjustment to fund those plans up to 90% of the value of the transferred liabilities. Any amount received from Unilever over the required funding level may be used by us for other purposes. As of January 2, 2004, we had contributed an aggregate of about $43.5 million, including interest to the pension plans, substantially fulfilling the funding obligations under the acquisition agreement.

 

The purchase price of the DiverseyLever business is also subject to adjustment relating to pension expenses of DiverseyLever’s employee benefit plans for the twelve-months ended June 29, 2001. This adjustment has been finalized and agreed to with Unilever with them required to pay us $9.9 million. We have received $6.6 million in cash as of December 31, 2004. The remaining balance of $3.3 million is included in the long-term receivable from Unilever.

 

59


Table of Contents

Warranty Indemnity. In connection with the acquisition, Unilever made representations and warranties to us in respect of the DiverseyLever business. In addition, in connection with the issuance to Unilever of the one-third equity interest in Holdings and the senior discount notes of Holdings, we made representations and warranties to Unilever, which are customary in this kind of transaction.

 

Subject to the limitations on indemnity described below, the parties will generally be liable for damages in the event of a breach of any warranty, other than damages less than $250,000 per occurrence, as well as for some specific losses and claims. Most claims for breaches of warranty must have been brought on or prior to May 2, 2004, while claims under some warranties are subject to longer time limits.

 

Unilever generally will not be liable for any damages in respect of breaches of its warranties, excluding environmental warranties, unless (1) the amount of damages in respect of any individual breach of its warranties exceeds $250,000 per occurrence and (2) the aggregate amount of damages in respect of breaches of its warranties, excluding environmental warranties, exceeds $30 million. Once the $30 million threshold is reached, Unilever will not be liable for any occurrence where the damages are less than $250,000 or for the first $15 million of damages that exceed the $250,000 per occurrence threshold. In any event, Unilever will not be liable for any damages, excluding environmental claims, which exceed $500 million in the aggregate.

 

We generally will not be liable for any damages in respect of our breaches of warranty, excluding environmental warranties, unless (1) the amount of damages in respect of any individual breach of our warranties exceeds $250,000 per occurrence and (2) the aggregate amount of damages in respect of breaches of our warranties exceeds $7 million. Once the $7 million threshold is reached, we will not be liable for any occurrence where the damages are less than $250,000 or for the first $3.5 million of damages that exceed the $250,000 per occurrence threshold. In any event, we will not be liable for any damages, excluding environmental claims, which exceed $120 million in the aggregate.

 

Other Indemnities. Unilever will also indemnify us for, among other things, damages arising out of or resulting from:

 

    liabilities expressly retained by Unilever and its affiliates, including some of their discontinued businesses and some ongoing litigation of the DiverseyLever business;

 

    specified liabilities with respect to the operation of the DiverseyLever business prior to closing relating to Unilever’s failure to comply with environmental laws and pre-closing discharges or contaminations at, of or relating to DiverseyLever facilities or waste disposal sites;

 

    specified liabilities relating to pre-closing taxes; and

 

    specified liabilities relating to employee benefits, including Unilever’s failure to comply with certain legal and regulatory requirements with respect to those employee benefits.

 

With respect to environmental matters, including environmental warranties, Unilever will not be liable for any damages (1) in the case of known environmental matters or breaches, that are less than $250,000 in the aggregate, and (2) in the case of unknown environmental matters or breaches, that are less than $50,000 individually and $2 million in the aggregate. In the case of clause (1) above, we will bear the first $250,000 in damages. In the case of clause (2) above, once the $2 million threshold is reached, Unilever will not be liable for any occurrence where the damages are less than $50,000 or for the first $1 million of damages that exceed the $50,000 per occurrence threshold. In no event will Unilever be liable for any damages arising out of or resulting from environmental claims that exceed $250 million in the aggregate. We have submitted indemnification claims to Unilever regarding ten DiverseyLever locations and may file additional claims in the future. Although Unilever has acknowledged receipt of the indemnification claims, it has not notified us as to whether it will indemnify us for those claims.

 

60


Table of Contents

We will also indemnify Unilever for, among other things, damages arising out of or resulting from:

 

    liabilities we assume in connection with the acquisition;

 

    liabilities relating to some of our discontinued businesses;

 

    specified liabilities with respect to our operation prior to the closing of the acquisition relating to our failure to comply with environmental laws and pre-closing discharges or contaminations at, of or relating to our facilities or waste disposal sites;

 

    specified liabilities relating to post-closing taxes; and

 

    specified liabilities relating to employee benefits, including our failure to comply with certain legal and regulatory requirements with respect to these employee benefits.

 

With respect to environmental matters, including environmental warranties, we will not be liable for any damages (1) in the case of known matters or breaches, that are less than $250,000 in the aggregate, and (2) in the case of unknown matters or breaches, that are less than $50,000 individually and $2 million in the aggregate. In the case of clause (1) above, Unilever will bear the first $250,000 in damages. In the case of clause (2) above, once the $2 million threshold is reached, we will not be liable for any occurrence where the damages are less than $50,000 or for the first $1 million of damages that exceed the $50,000 per occurrence threshold. In no event will we be liable for any damages arising out of or resulting from environmental claims that exceed $60 million in the aggregate.

 

Indemnification Payments. Any damages for which we indemnify Unilever will be paid in cash at the time the damages are finally determined until the aggregate of the damages equals $17 million. Thereafter, any damages for which we indemnify Unilever will, with limited exceptions, be deferred and paid in cash on the date Unilever and its affiliates cease to own any equity interest in Holdings.

 

Prior to the date on which Unilever ceases to own any equity interest in Holdings, any damages for which Unilever indemnifies us will be paid two-thirds in cash at the time the damages are finally determined and one-third in cash on the date on which Unilever ceases to own any equity interest in Holdings.

 

In calculating the amount of damages for which we will indemnify Unilever, the provisions of the acquisition agreement operate to make Unilever whole, but not more than whole, taking into account Unilever’s equity interest in Holdings, as it may decrease or cease to exist over time, and whether the price paid by Holdings to Unilever for any of its equity has been reduced to reflect any damages for which we are liable. This is accomplished by means of a gross-up to the amount of damages suffered and, in the case of damages suffered directly by us, by allocating one-third, or such lower number as represents Unilever’s equity interest in Holdings from time to time, of damages to Unilever. Accordingly, the following rules apply in calculating the amount of damages:

 

    if Unilever or another indemnified party actually pays, suffers or incurs damages, the damages will be paid dollar-for-dollar by us and Holdings on a grossed-up basis; and

 

    if we or Holdings pay, suffer or incur damages, one-third, or such lower number as represents Unilever’s equity interest in Holdings from time to time, of the damages will be paid by us and Holdings on a grossed-up basis.

 

After the date on which Unilever and its affiliates cease to own any equity interest in Holdings, any damages for which we indemnify Unilever will be paid 100% in cash at the time those damages are finally determined.

 

Stockholders’ Agreement.

 

In connection with the acquisition of the DiverseyLever business, Holdings and its stockholders, Holdco and Marga B.V., entered into a stockholders’ agreement relating to, among other things:

 

    restrictions on the transfer of Holdings’ shares held by the stockholders;

 

61


Table of Contents
    Holdings’ corporate governance, including board and committee representation and stockholder approval provisions;

 

    the put and call options described under the caption “—Put and Call Options;”

 

    the payments described under the caption “—Contingent Payments;” and

 

    various other rights and obligations of Holdings and its stockholders, such as provisions relating to delivery of and access to financial and other information, payment of dividends and indemnification of directors, officers and stockholders.

 

Marga B.V.’s obligations under the stockholders’ agreement are guaranteed by Unilever N.V.

 

Put and Call Options. Under the stockholders’ agreement, at any time after May 3, 2007, Holdings has the option to purchase, and Unilever has the right to require Holdings to purchase, the shares then beneficially owned by Unilever. Any exercise by Holdings of its call option must be for at least 50% of each of the shares beneficially owned by Unilever. Any exercise by Unilever of its put option must be for all of its shares.

 

Before May 3, 2010, Holdings’ obligations in connection with a put by Unilever are conditioned on a refinancing of our and Holdings’ indebtedness, including indebtedness under our senior subordinated notes and our senior secured credit facilities. In connection with the put, Holdings must use its reasonable best efforts prior to May 3, 2009, and its best efforts after that date, to consummate a refinancing and may be required to purchase less than all of the shares subject to the put under some circumstances. If Holdings purchases less than all of the shares subject to a put, Unilever may again put its remaining shares after a specified suspension period.

 

Following the exercise by Unilever of its put rights, if Holdings fails to purchase all of Unilever’s shares for cash by May 3, 2010, it must issue a promissory note to Unilever in exchange for the remaining shares. The maturity date of the promissory note will be either 90 days or one year after its issuance, depending on the level of Unilever’s ownership interest in Holdings at that time. The terms of the promissory note will provide Unilever with rights similar to its rights as a stockholder under the stockholders’ agreement, including board representation, veto and access and informational rights. The promissory note will contain various subordination provisions in relation to our and Holdings’ indebtedness.

 

If, after May 3, 2010, Unilever has not been paid cash with respect to its put option, Unilever may also:

 

    require Holdings to privately sell Unilever’s shares or other shares of Holdings’ capital stock to a third party; and

 

    require Holdings to sell our polymer and/or Japan businesses.

 

The exercise of these remedies, other than sales of Unilever’s shares, is subject to compliance with the agreements relating to our and Holdings’ indebtedness.

 

The price for Holdings’ shares subject to a put or call option will be based on Holdings’ enterprise value at the time the relevant option is exercised, plus its cash and minus its indebtedness.

 

Holdings’ enterprise value cannot be less than eight times the EBITDA of Holdings and its subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, for the preceding four fiscal quarters, as calculated in accordance with the terms of the stockholders’ agreement. If Holdings, Unilever and their respective financial advisors cannot agree on an enterprise value, the issue will be submitted to an independent third-party for determination.

 

If Holdings purchases less than all of the shares beneficially owned by Unilever in connection with the exercise of the put or call option, Unilever may elect to fix the price for its remaining shares not purchased. If Unilever does not elect to fix the price, the price will float and a new price will be determined based on the enterprise value the next time a put or call option is exercised.

 

62


Table of Contents

Contingent Payments. Under the stockholders’ agreement, Holdings may be required to make payments to Unilever in each year from 2007 through 2010 so long as Unilever continues to beneficially own 5% or more of Holdings’ outstanding shares. The amount of each payment will be equal to 25% of the amount by which the cumulative cash flows of Holdings and its subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, for the period from May 3, 2002, through the end of the fiscal year preceding the payment (not including any cash flow with respect to which Unilever received a payment in a prior year), exceeds:

 

    $727 million in 2006;

 

    $975 million in 2007;

 

    $1,200 million in 2008; and

 

    $1,425 million in 2009.

 

The aggregate amount of all these payments cannot exceed $100 million. Payment of these amounts is subject to compliance with the agreements relating to Holdings’ and our senior indebtedness including, without limitation, the senior discount notes of Holdings, our senior subordinated notes and our senior secured credit facilities.

 

Transfer Restrictions. Under the stockholders’ agreement, a stockholder controlled by Unilever may only transfer its shares of Holdings to another entity of which Unilever owns at least an 80% interest, and a stockholder controlled by Holdco may transfer its shares of Holdings to another entity of which Holdco owns at least an 80% interest.

 

Corporate Governance. Holdings’ board of directors consists of eleven directors, including five independent directors appointed by Holdco. So long as Unilever beneficially owns at least 20% of Holdings’ outstanding shares, it is entitled to nominate two directors to Holdings’ board of directors. If Unilever beneficially owns less than 20% but at least 5% of Holdings’ outstanding shares, it will be entitled to nominate one director. Holdco has agreed to vote its shares of Holdings to cause the board of directors to include the directors nominated by Unilever if Unilever satisfies the conditions above. Under the stockholders’ agreement, a Unilever director representative will continue to sit on the Compensation Committee of Holdings’ board of directors. Unilever has also designated one of its director representatives to be an observer to attend, but not vote at, meetings of the Audit Committee. In addition, the authority of Holdings’ board of directors with respect to specified formal bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings will be exercised by a special bankruptcy committee constituted in accordance with the terms of Holdings’ bylaws and the stockholders’ agreement. The stockholders’ agreement and Holdings’ certificate of incorporation generally require, with specified exceptions, the approval of stockholders holding more than 90% of Holdings’ outstanding shares before Holdings or its subsidiaries can affect various transactions, including, among others, transactions relating to:

 

    any acquisition or disposition or any joint venture, alliance or capital project having an aggregate fair market value or which will result in aggregate expenditures or payments in excess of (1) $50 million individually, or (2) $10 million individually and $100 million collectively with other transactions entered into in the immediately preceding twelve months;

 

    the issuance of any additional shares of capital stock, common stock equivalents, or other equity or equity-related interests;

 

    any merger, consolidation or similar business combination or any sale of all or substantially all of the assets or equity or any reorganization or recapitalization having similar effect;

 

    a liquidation or dissolution;

 

    the purchase or investment of a minority equity investment or investment in the nature of indebtedness with a fair market value or resulting in payments that exceed $10 million;

 

    the entering into of any material line of business unrelated to the business of Holdings and its subsidiaries as of May 3, 2002;

 

63


Table of Contents
    the closing, winding-up, discontinuation or other exiting or termination of any line of business, if such line of business generated more than $5 million of annualized EBITDA;

 

    the modification of the policies governing dividends or distributions to Holdings’ stockholders or the declaration by Holdings of dividends or distributions in violation of that policy;

 

    the incurrence of specified types of additional indebtedness;

 

    the settlement of any legal proceedings that would impose any material restrictions on the operations of Holdings and its subsidiaries or involve amounts in excess of $10 million, except for proceedings covered by insurance;

 

    any change in independent registered public accounting firm;

 

    specified transactions with affiliates of Holdco, including SCJ;

 

    the redemption or retirement of any of Holdings’ common stock or other equity securities or common stock equivalents;

 

    any amendment of Holdings’ certificate of incorporation, bylaws or audit or Compensation Committee charters, with specified exceptions;

 

    the adoption of any stock option or employee stock ownership plan or the issuance of any equity securities under any stock plan; and

 

    the adoption of any new, or amendment of existing, employee benefit plans that would result in increases above specified levels in annual costs of benefits, with specified exceptions.

 

The stockholders’ agreement also requires that agreements, contracts, arrangements or transactions relating to the compensation of our officers and directors be approved by the Compensation Committee of Holdings’ board of directors. The stockholders’ agreement requires that Holdings’ board of directors’ review, consider and approve annual capital and operating budgets, and strategic plans prepared from time to time. The stockholders’ agreement also requires that Holdings’ board of directors approve the initiation of various material legal proceedings by or on behalf of us or Holdings and any subsidiary.

 

Stockholder Indemnification. Under the stockholders’ agreement, Holdings will indemnify Unilever and its affiliates, officers, directors and employees against all costs arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in specified documents filed with the SEC or provided to prospective investors or the omission or alleged omission from those documents of a material fact required to be stated in the documents or necessary to make the statements in the documents, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, if, and only to the extent, that those costs arise from Unilever or its affiliate, officer, director or employee being determined to be a person who controls Holdings within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act. This indemnification does not apply to any costs to the extent arising out of any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to Holdings for inclusion in any document described above by Unilever or any of its affiliates (other than Holdings), including any financial statements required to be delivered under the acquisition agreement.

 

Unilever will indemnify and hold Holdings harmless from and against any and all costs arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in specified documents filed by Holdings with the SEC or provided to prospective investors, or the omission or alleged omission from a document of a material fact required to be stated in that document or necessary to make the statements in that document, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, if and only to the extent that the untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in that document in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to Holdings for inclusion in any document described above by Unilever or any of its affiliates (other than Holdings), including any financial statements required to be delivered under the acquisition.

 

64


Table of Contents

Term. The stockholders’ agreement terminates, with respect to a stockholder, after its affiliates no longer own any shares of Holdings, and with respect to Unilever, after Unilever no longer beneficially owns any of the shares of Holdings or, if issued, the promissory note of Holdings to Unilever in exchange for shares put by Unilever. See “—Put and Call Options.”

 

65


Table of Contents

Sales Agency Agreement

 

In connection with the acquisition of the DiverseyLever business, we and various of our subsidiaries entered into a sales agency agreement with Unilever whereby, subject to limited exceptions, we and various of our subsidiaries act as Unilever’s exclusive sales agents in the sale of certain of Unilever’s consumer brand cleaning products to institutional and industrial end-users in most countries where DiverseyLever conducted its business prior to the closing of the acquisition. In turn, we and our subsidiaries have agreed that we will not act on behalf of any other third parties in the sale or promotion of those parties’ products if the products are similar to products we are selling for Unilever as its agents, except with respect to sales of products for affiliates or under arrangements existing on May 3, 2002. The sales agency agreement terminates on May 2, 2007.

 

In exchange for our and our subsidiaries’ sales agency services, which include sales, promotion, collection and after-sales technical support and customer care, we and our subsidiaries are paid an agency fee. The agency fee is determined separately for each territory. The agency fee, expressed as a percentage of the net proceeds of sales, covers specified pre-determined costs for that territory based upon the costs incurred by the DiverseyLever business prior to May 3, 2002, plus one half of the EBITDA margin of all territories combined, both for the twelve months ended June 30, 2001. In any given year, for amounts sold in excess of targeted sales, the agency fee will be one-half of the regular amount. The targeted sales amount will equal the net proceeds of sales for the twelve months ended June 30, 2001, subject to change through indexation.

 

In addition to the agency fee, we and our subsidiaries are paid an additional agency fee per territory based on agreed-upon multipliers of the total amount of specified non-variable costs for each territory for the twelve months ended June 30, 2001. This additional agency fee is payable upon the termination of the entire agreement. A portion of the fee attributable to a territory is payable earlier if the sales agency agreement is terminated in part with respect to that territory, or, if we elect, if sales in that territory drop below 90% of the targeted sales for a given year.

 

Subject to paying the additional agency fee, with specified exceptions, Unilever may terminate the sales agency agreement in whole if sales drop below 75% of the targeted sales for the whole area for a given year or in part, by territory, if sales drop below 75% of the targeted sales for a territory or territories for a given year. Unilever may also terminate the sales agency agreement for specified other reasons, including insolvency and change of control.

 

While the agency fee contemplates historical levels and rates of enforcement and collection of bad debts, we are responsible for 100% of all bad debts, if any, in excess of these historical levels until the bad debt rate rises to twice as high as those historical levels, at which time the parties will begin to share equally the costs of those bad debts.

 

Due to pre-existing contractual obligations with SCJ, we and our subsidiaries may not sell any products as agent for Unilever in some channels of trade that are not exclusively institutional and industrial, and we and our subsidiaries may not sell some products, such as general cleaning products, in any channels of trade that are not exclusively institutional and industrial. The sales agency agreement carves out these restricted channels of trade and products and allows Unilever to make sales associated with these channels of trade and products directly or through another agent or distributor. Our agreements with SCJ do not affect our or our subsidiaries’ ability to sell products on behalf of Unilever in exclusively institutional and industrial channels of trade.

 

Under the sales agency agreement, the parties will generally be liable for damages in the event of a breach of their obligations, as well as for some specific losses and claims, including losses resulting from termination of employees, product recalls, product warranty or product liability. In addition, in the case of a willful breach, the parties may be liable for loss of profits, loss of margin, loss of contract, loss of goodwill or any other indirect, special or consequential losses resulting from that breach. The aggregate liabilities of the parties under the sales agency agreement may not exceed €20 million for us and €10 million for Unilever. Unilever’s indemnification limit does not include its obligation to pay the additional agency fee described above. We received an aggregate of $88.9 $86.8 million and $54.3 million in agency fees from Unilever under the sales agency agreement in fiscal year 2004, 2003 and fiscal year 2002, respectively.

 

66


Table of Contents

Intellectual Property Agreements

 

Retained Technology License Agreement. In connection with the acquisition of the DiverseyLever business, we entered into a retained technology license agreement with Unilever under which Unilever has granted us a license of the patents, design rights, copyrights and know-how used in the DiverseyLever business, during the period from July 1, 2000, through May 3, 2002, but that were retained by Unilever. The patents, design rights, copyrights and know-how that were retained by Unilever are those patents, design rights, copyrights and know-how that were either used in Unilever’s businesses, in addition to the DiverseyLever business, or are those specified patents that are the subject of retained litigation or license agreements that restrict assignments. In this annual report, these specified patents are referred to as the “restricted patents.” Under the retained technology license agreement, Unilever has granted us:

 

    a nonexclusive, royalty-free, worldwide, perpetual license (with a right to freely sublicense) of the proprietary know-how, trade secrets, unregistered design rights and copyrights used in the DiverseyLever business at any time during the period from July 1, 2000, through May 3, 2002, and owned by Unilever on May 3, 2002;

 

    a nonexclusive, royalty-free, worldwide, perpetual license of specified Unilever patents in the professional market (with rights to sublicense to our subsidiaries and affiliates and to the extent sublicenses were in effect in the DiverseyLever business on May 3, 2002); and

 

    a nonexclusive, royalty-free, perpetual license of the restricted patents for all purposes, with a right to freely sublicense, in all jurisdictions in which the restricted patents are in effect.

 

The licenses to use Unilever’s intellectual property described above are irrevocable, subject to various exceptions described in the retained technology license agreement. Unilever’s ability to grant any further licenses of the patents in the professional market prior to May 2, 2005 is subject to specified conditions in the retained technology license agreement, and Unilever has agreed not to grant any further licenses of the restricted patents for any purpose, except to the extent necessary to resolve litigation or a dispute. Unilever has also agreed not to engage in any acts that would infringe on the restricted patents.

 

With respect to each licensed patent, the license granted will terminate with the expiration of the particular patent, unless the patent is terminated or held invalid sooner. The license granted with respect to know-how, unregistered design rights and copyrights will exist until the expiry of the relevant right unless terminated earlier by us. We may terminate the retained technology license agreement at any time by providing written notice to Unilever. Unilever may terminate the patent licenses granted to us if we challenged the validity of, or Unilever’s ownership of, any of its patents licensed under the retained technology license agreement or if we are in material or persistent breach of any provision of the retained technology license agreement and, if the breach is curable, have not cured the breach within ten business days after receipt of notice of the breach.

 

Transferred Technology License Agreement. On May 3, 2002, we entered into a transferred technology license agreement with Unilever under which we have granted a license to Unilever to use specified intellectual property rights (other than patents and registered designs) and specified patents and registered designs that were transferred to us as part of the acquisition. Under the transferred technology license agreement, we have granted to Unilever:

 

    a nonexclusive, irrevocable, royalty-free, worldwide, perpetual license of the transferred technology (with a right to freely sublicense), provided that Unilever may use the trademarks included in the transferred technology only in relation to goods and services in respect of, and only in countries in, which the trademarks were used on May 3, 2002; and

 

    a nonexclusive, irrevocable, royalty-free license of the transferred patents in the consumer brands business of Unilever and for developing, manufacturing, marketing, distributing, keeping, importing and selling specified products permitted under the transferred technology license agreement, in all jurisdictions in which the transferred patents are in effect.

 

67


Table of Contents

With respect to each licensed patent, the license will terminate upon the expiration of the particular patent, unless the patent is terminated or held invalid sooner. The license granted with respect to copyrights, unregistered design rights and know-how will exist until expiry of the relevant rights unless terminated earlier by Unilever. Unilever may terminate the transferred technology license agreement at any time upon providing written notice to us. We may terminate the license of the transferred patents if:

 

    Unilever challenges the validity of our ownership of any of the transferred patents;

 

    Unilever is in material or persistent breach of a provision of the transferred technology license agreement and, if the breach is curable, has not cured the breach within ten business days after receipt of notice of the breach; or

 

    a specified insolvency-related event involving Unilever is commenced or occurs.

 

Retained Trademark License Agreement. On May 3, 2002, we entered into a retained trademark license agreement with Unilever under which Unilever has granted us a license to use the “Lever” name in our business. We were also granted the right to use the “Unilever” name. The license terminated on November 2, 2004, but was extended, in certain specific circumstances, until May 2006. Under the retained trademark license agreement, Unilever has granted us an exclusive, royalty-free license (with the right to sublicense only to our subsidiaries and affiliates) to use the Lever mark in the same combinations and manner in which it was used in the DiverseyLever business on the closing date of the acquisition, and in the word “DiverseyLever” until the license’s expiration, in the same manner and in relation to the same goods and services as those for which the Lever mark was used, and in the countries in which the DiverseyLever business operated, on May 3, 2002. The license does not extend to the dispensed products, which are covered by their own license under the dispensed products license agreement discussed below.

 

The retained trademark license agreement will continue until the end of the periods for which the license is granted as discussed above. We may terminate the license granted at any time. Unilever may terminate the retained trademark license agreement if:

 

    We challenge the validity of or Unilever’s ownership of any rights or registrations in or in relation to any of the trademarks;

 

    We are in breach of provisions of the retained trademark license agreement relating to the use of, or filings for, the trademarks;

 

    We are in material or persistent breach of a provision of the retained trademark license agreement and, if the breach is curable, have not cured the breach within fifteen business days after receipt of notice of the breach;

 

    We have a change of control; or

 

    A specified insolvency-related event involving us is commenced or occurs.

 

Dispensed Products License Agreement. On May 3, 2002, we entered into a dispensed products license agreement with Unilever under which Unilever has granted us a license to use the trademarks, patents and know-how relating to the products we and our subsidiaries sell for use in our cleaner dispensing systems. Under the dispensed products license agreement, Unilever has granted us:

 

    a nonexclusive license (with the right to sublicense only to our subsidiaries and affiliates) to use in specified countries (in accordance with Unilever’s guidelines on use) the relevant trademarks on the corresponding dispensed products manufactured and packed in accordance with Unilever’s technical specifications;

 

    a nonexclusive license (with right to sublicense only to our subsidiaries and affiliates) of the patents and know-how relevant to the dispensed products in specified countries to use, keep, produce for sale, make, offer and import for sale and sell the corresponding dispensed products manufactured and packed in accordance with Unilever’s technical specifications and under its trademarks.

 

68


Table of Contents

Under the dispensed products license agreement, we paid to Unilever a royalty of 4% of the net sales of the dispensed products. We may not use the trademarks or formulation rights other than in the same manner and for the same purposes as they were used in the DiverseyLever business prior to May 3, 2002. For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004, January 2, 2004, and January 3, 2003, we paid an aggregate of $756,000, $959,000 and $336,000, respectively, to Unilever under the dispensed products license agreement.

 

The dispensed products license agreement terminates on May 2, 2007. At the end of the term the dispensed products license agreement automatically renews for successive one year periods. Either party may terminate the dispensed products license agreement or the licenses granted under the agreement by providing six months’ written notice prior to any anniversary of the dispensed products license agreement, provided that Unilever may terminate prior to May 2, 2007, only if:

 

    We and/or any of our subsidiaries sells a product for use in (or by means of) any dispensing system similar to a specified dispensing system in the dispensed products license agreement, which product is branded with a trademark that is neither licensed under the dispensed products license agreement, owned by us or any of our subsidiaries or affiliates, nor owned by the professional end-user of that product; and

 

    Unilever notifies us of those sales, and we do not cease those sales within twenty business days after the notice.

 

Unilever may also terminate the dispensed products license agreement if:

 

    We challenge the validity of or Unilever’s ownership of any rights or registrations in or in relation to any of the licensed rights;

 

    We are in breach of the provisions of the dispensed products license agreement that relate to the use of the trademarks and formulation rights and quality control;

 

    We are in material or persistent breach of a provision of the dispensed products license agreement and, if the breach is curable, have not cured the breach within fifteen business days after receipt of notice of the breach;

 

    We have a change of control; or

 

    A specified insolvency-related event involving us is commenced or occurs.

 

Transitional Services Agreement

 

On May 3, 2002, we entered into a transitional services agreement with Unilever relating to a wide range of support services from Unilever and intended to ensure the smooth transition of the DiverseyLever business from Unilever to us. These services included various human resources, information technology, intellectual property administration, analytical, warehousing and transportation, administrative, provision of office space and other services. In addition, Unilever agreed to allow our affiliates access to its computer network under a network access arrangement. The level and manner in which Unilever provides these services generally must be consistent with the level and manner in which they were provided to the DiverseyLever business immediately prior to the closing of the acquisition.

 

The price for each service is at cost, and generally will be determined in a manner consistent with Unilever’s existing cost allocation methodology. Unilever may adjust the prices from time to time in the ordinary course of business, provided the adjustments reflect the cost for the relevant service. For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004, January 2, 2004, and January 3, 2003, we paid an aggregate of $1.9 million, $9.5 million and $12.2 million, respectively, to Unilever under the transitional services agreement.

 

Unilever provided each service for the period agreed upon by the parties, but did not provide any service longer than 24 months, except for redirecting internet traffic to the appropriate new domain name or address, which Unilever provided for up to 30 months. Under the transitional services agreement, Unilever provided most services until May 2, 2003 and, as of December 31, 2004, all of the services under the transitional services agreement have been terminated.

 

69


Table of Contents

Supply Agreements

 

We entered into two supply agreements with Unilever in connection with the acquisition. Under these agreements, we and Unilever, through the members of our respective groups, manufacture, pack, store and ship products for each other. Under one of the supply agreements, we act as the supplier and Unilever serves as the customer, and under the other agreement the roles are reversed. With the exception of this role reversal and the factories involved, the products that are supplied and some other less significant differences included in the supply agreement under which we act as supplier based on the integration of the DiverseyLever business with us, the two supply agreements are identical.

 

The supply agreements provide for the supply of all products that Unilever and the DiverseyLever business supplied to one another during the period immediately preceding the closing date of the acquisition. Prices are based on the provisions relating to pricing and terms of payment that existed between Unilever and the DiverseyLever business prior to closing, subject to revision by agreement of the parties.

 

Each supply agreement remains in effect as to a particular product until that product will not be supplied any longer. We and Unilever may terminate either supply agreement in part or in its entirety in the event of an unremedied serious or persistent breach by the other party, upon a change in control or for any reason on the giving of six months’ written notice. Further, we or Unilever may terminate a particular order upon a breach of the terms of the order that remains uncured for a specified period. Finally, the customer under either supply agreement may terminate the agreement as to products supplied at a particular factory if the supplier does not implement reasonable suggestions that the customer makes, taking into account standards used in the supply of the products in the period immediately prior to the closing of the acquisition, after visiting that factory. For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004, January 2, 2004, and January 3, 2003, we paid Unilever an aggregate of $55.4 million, $67.8 million and $40.2 million, respectively, and Unilever paid us an aggregate of $39.4 million, $43.6 million and $16.9 million, respectively, under these supply agreements.

 

Non-Competition Agreement

 

On May 3, 2002, we and Holdings entered into a non-competition agreement with Unilever. The noncompetition agreement restricts Unilever and its affiliates from competing with us in the Business (as defined below) (1) in the European Union, until May 2, 2005, and (2) in countries outside of the European Union in which the DiverseyLever business was engaged prior to the acquisition, until May 2, 2007.

 

For purposes of the non-competition agreement, the term “Business” is defined as the business of:

 

(1) developing, manufacturing, marketing, distributing and selling to professional end-users and wholesalers, distributors, “cash and carry” outlets or similar resellers who purchase products for resale, directly or indirectly, to professional end-users:

 

    fabric care products

 

    machine warewashing products

 

    kitchen cleaning products

 

    personal care products

 

    building care products

 

    pest control products

 

    air cleaning products

 

    cleaning and hygiene utensils and paper products,

 

which, in each case, are marketed and sold

 

70


Table of Contents

(A) under a “professional brand,” i.e., one used exclusively or primarily on products sold to or for use by commercial, institutional or industrial end-users, or

 

(B) under a “consumer brand,” i.e., one used exclusively or primarily on products sold to or for use by domestic end-users, and where no equivalent product for the same general purpose is marketed and sold by Unilever or its affiliates in its consumer products business;

 

(2) developing, manufacturing, marketing, distributing and selling other specified categories of industrial cleaning, hygiene and maintenance products; and

 

(3) developing, marketing, distributing, selling and providing specified categories of services in relation to the products described above or in connection with the cleaning and hygiene requirements of commercial, institutional and industrial end-users.

 

Neither Unilever nor any of its affiliates will be in breach of the non-competition agreement if:

 

    it acquires a business that includes a competing business if:

 

(1) the aggregate revenues of the competing business for the twelve months immediately preceding the closing of the acquisition of the acquired business represent less than 33% of the acquired business in the territory covered by the non-competition agreement for the same twelve-month period and Unilever or an affiliate of Unilever uses its reasonable best efforts to sell the competing business within twelve months of the date of acquisition, subject to involving us and Holdings in any auction sales process and to specified other requirements; or

 

(2) the aggregate revenues of the competing business for the twelve months immediately preceding the closing of the acquisition of the acquired business represent less than $50 million annually in the aggregate or less than $25 million annually in any one country;

 

    it continues any operations carried out by Unilever and its affiliates under contracts with us or Holdings or our respective subsidiaries; or

 

    it continues to conduct the Business in Cote d’Ivoire, El Salvador, Ecuador, Honduras, Malawi and, pursuant to the distributorship operations of Unilex Cameroun S.A., in Cameroon, in which Unilever retained assets and operations of its institutional cleaning and hygiene business.

 

Moreover, the non-competition agreement does not prohibit Unilever and its affiliates from engaging in its consumer products business anywhere in the world or developing, manufacturing, marketing, distributing or selling any product which has the same general purpose as the products described in clause (1) of the definition of “Business” above to or for commercial, industrial or institutional end-users if an equivalent product is marketed or sold by Unilever or any of its affiliates in connection with its consumer products business, whether or not the product is reformulated and repackaged for use by commercial, industrial or institutional end-users.

 

Interests of Our Officers and Directors

 

S. Curtis Johnson III, our Chairman, and Helen Johnson-Leipold and Clifton Louis, our directors, and some members of their respective immediate families, are descendants of Samuel Curtis Johnson and shareholders of SCJ and Willow Holdings, Inc. Messrs. Johnson and Louis and Ms. Johnson-Leipold, and members of their respective immediate families, also beneficially own shares of Holdco, our indirect parent. See “Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.” As a result of these relationships, these individuals may have an interest in our transactions with SCJ and other Johnson family businesses, including Willow Holdings, Inc.

 

71


Table of Contents

Transactions with Management

 

Several of our executive officers are indebted to us in connection with their purchases of shares of class C common stock of Holdco. In November 1999, November 2000 and December 2000, we agreed to lend some of our executive officers funds to purchase shares of class C common stock at the Applicable Federal Rate for mid-term debt instruments.

 

There are two types of loans to our executive officers. The first type of loan is due and payable four years after the date of the loan. If the executive remains employed by us when the loan is due, 75% of the principal amount of the loan is forgiven. Under the second type of loan to our executive officers, 5% of the principal amount of the loan, plus interest, is due and payable semiannually for the first five years, with a balloon payment for the remaining 50% of principal on the fifth anniversary of the loan. No loan forgiveness is available for this type of loan. The table below sets forth the name of each executive officer who was indebted to us in an amount in excess of $50,000 during fiscal year 2004, the largest aggregate amount of indebtedness outstanding at any time during fiscal year 2004, the amount outstanding as of March 4, 2005, and the interest rate on the loans:

 

Name


  

Largest Aggregate

Amount of

Indebtedness

Outstanding During

Fiscal Year 2004


   

Amount Outstanding

as of March 4, 2005


    Interest Rate

 

Gregory E. Lawton
President and Chief Executive Officer

   $ 774,005 *   $ —       6.01 %

Michael J. Bailey
Executive Vice President - Corporate Development

    
 
139,275
26,637
*
**
   
 
—  
22,198
 
**
  6.01
5.79
%
%

JoAnne Brandes
Executive Vice President, Chief Administrative Officer,
General Counsel and Secretary

    
 
139,275
29,986
*
**
   
 
—  
24,988
 
**
  6.01
5.79
%
%

Gregory F. Clark
Senior Vice President – Global Supply Chain

    
 
77,629
16,972
*
**
   
 
—  
14,143
 
**
  6.01
5.79
%
%

Paul A. Mathias
Regional President – Asia Pacific

     203,205 *     —       6.01 %

Morio Nishikawa
Regional President – Japan

    
 
96,808
28,235
*
**
   
 
—  
23,529
 
**
  6.01
5.79
%
%

J. Gary Raley
President – Johnson Polymer

     139,275 *     —       6.01 %

David S. Andersen
Vice President – Mergers, Acquisitions and
Business Development

    
 
77,629
7,611
*
**
   
 
—  
6,342
 
**
  6.01
5.79
%
%

* Subject to possible loan forgiveness.
** Not subject to possible loan forgiveness.

 

Also, on May 31, 2002, we loaned $97,500 to Clive Newman, our Vice President and Corporate Controller, in connection with the purchase of his home. The interest rate on the loan is 5.16% per annum, payable semi-monthly. The loan has a term of five years and matures on May 31, 2007, with no payments against principal due until that date. If Mr. Newman’s employment with us is terminated for any reason before that date, the full amount of unpaid principal and any accrued interest will become due and payable immediately. As of March 4, 2005, the full amount of the loan was outstanding.

 

72


Table of Contents

Holdco is a party to buy-sell agreements with some of our employees, consultants or directors who also own shares of class A or class B common stock of Holdco. These buy-sell agreements were entered into in connection with our separation from SCJ in 1999. Under these buy-sell agreements, the holder has the right to sell to Holdco, and Holdco is required to purchase, shares of the holder’s class A or class B common stock at a formula price set forth in the agreements. This right may be exercised annually during the months of April, May, October and November. Under the agreements, Holdco has the option to purchase the holder’s shares upon termination of the holder’s employer-employee, director or consultant relationship with us. In addition, subject to specified exceptions, the holder has agreed that it will not sell or otherwise dispose of any of its shares without first offering those shares to Holdco. If Holdco does not exercise its right to purchase those shares within a 60-day period, the holder may transfer its shares to the proposed transferee on the same terms and price as set forth in its offer.

 

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

 

Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, served as our principal accountants for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004, January 2, 2004, and January 3, 2003. During those periods, we incurred the following fees for services rendered by Ernst & Young LLP:

 

Audit Fees. Represents fees for professional services rendered in connection with the audit of our annual consolidated financial statements and reviews of our quarterly financial statements, advice on accounting matters that arose during the audit and audit services provided in connection with other global statutory or regulatory filings. Audit fees were $5.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 and $2.4 million for the year ended January 2, 2004. The increase in audit fees from fiscal year 2003 to fiscal year 2004 is primarily due an increase in audit scope coupled with adjustments to the fiscal year 2003 audit fees, which were paid in fiscal year 2004.

 

Audit-Related Fees. Represents fees for professional services rendered in connection with merger and acquisition due diligence, audits of acquired businesses and employee benefit plan audits. Audit-related fees were $307,000 for the year ended December 31, 2004 and $270,000 for the year ended January 2, 2004.

 

Tax Fees. Represents fees for professional services rendered in connection with general tax advice, tax planning and tax compliance. Tax fees were $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 and $1.0 million for the year ended January 2, 2004.

 

All Other Fees. Represents fees for all other professional services rendered by Ernst & Young LLP. All other fees were $411,000 for the year ended December 31, 2004 and $210,000 for the year ended January 2, 2004.

 

The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors has determined that the provision by Ernst & Young LLP of non-audit services to us in the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004 and January 2, 2004, is compatible with maintaining the independence of Ernst & Young LLP. In accordance with its charter, the Audit Committee approves in advance all audit and non-audit services to be rendered by Ernst & Young LLP. In determining whether to approve such services, the Audit Committee considers the following:

 

    whether the services are performed principally for the Audit Committee;

 

    the effect of the service, if any, on audit effectiveness or on the quality and timeliness of our financial reporting process;

 

    whether the service would be performed by a specialist (e.g., technology specialist) who also provides audit support and whether that would hinder independence;

 

    whether the service would be performed by audit personnel and, if so, whether it will enhance the knowledge of our business;

 

    whether the role of those performing the service would be inconsistent with the auditor’s role (e.g., a role where neutrality, impartiality and auditor skepticism are likely to be subverted);

 

    whether the audit firm’s personnel would be assuming a management role or creating a mutuality of interest with management;

 

73


Table of Contents
    whether the auditors would be in effect auditing their own numbers;

 

    whether the audit firm has unique expertise in the service; and

 

    the size of the fee(s) for the non-audit service(s).

 

During fiscal years 2004 and 2003, all professional services provided Ernst & Young LLP were pre-approved by the Audit Committee in accordance with our policies.

 

74


Table of Contents

PART IV

 

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

 

The following documents are filed as part of this annual report on Form 10-K:

 

(1) Financial Statements:

 

See the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements on page F-1.

 

(2) Financial Statement Schedules:

 

See Item 15(c) of this report.

 

(3) Exhibits:

 

The exhibits required by Item 15 are listed in the Exhibit Index on page E-1.

 

Other than this annual report filed on Form 10-K, no other annual reports or proxy soliciting materials have been or will be sent to our security holders.

 

75


Table of Contents
(c) Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

 

Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

 

JohnsonDiversey, Inc.

Years ended December 31, 2004, January 2, 2004 and January 3, 2003

(Dollars in thousands)

 

     Balance at
Beginning
of Year


   Charges to
Costs and
Expenses


   Charges to
Other
Accounts (1)


    Deductions (2)

    Balance at
End of
Year


Allowance for Doubtful Accounts                                     

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2004

   $ 28,089    $ 9,774    $ 1,373     $ (9,355 )   $ 29,881

Fiscal Year Ended January 2, 2004

     21,099      11,660      3,530       (8,200 )     28,089

Fiscal Year Ended January 3, 2003

     7,055      9,165      11,816       (6,937 )     21,099
Tax Valuation Allowance                                     

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2004

   $ 46,189    $ 12,890    $ (4,234 )   $ (7,024 )   $ 47,821

Fiscal Year Ended January 2, 2004

     28,789      33,774      (3,192 )     (13,182 )     46,189

Fiscal Year Ended January 3, 2003

     24,707      6,512      7,181       (9,611 )     28,789

(1) Includes the effects of changes in currency translation and business acquisitions, including the DiverseyLever acquisition as of May 3, 2002
(2) Represents amounts written off, net of recoveries

 

76


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, we have duly caused this Form 10-K to be signed on our behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized on March 21, 2005.

 

JohnsonDiversey, Inc.

 

By  

/s/ Joseph F. Smorada


   

Joseph F. Smorada,

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Form 10-K has been signed below on March 21, 2005 by the following persons on our behalf in the capacities indicated.

 

          Chief Executive Officer and President and Director

/s/ Gregory E. Lawton


Gregory E. Lawton

        (Principal Executive Officer)
          Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

/s/ Joseph F. Smorada


Joseph F. Smorada

        (Principal Financial Officer)
          Vice President and Corporate Controller

/s/ Clive A. Newman


Clive A. Newman

        (Principal Accounting Officer)

/s/ S. Curtis Johnson III*


        Director and Chairman
S. Curtis Johnson III          

/s/ Todd C. Brown*


        Director
Todd C. Brown          

/s/ Irene M. Esteves*


        Director
Irene M. Esteves          

/s/ Robert M. Howe*


        Director
Robert M. Howe          

/s/ Helen Johnson-Leipold*


        Director
Helen Johnson-Leipold          

/s/ Clifton D. Louis*


        Director
Clifton D. Louis          

/s/ Neal R. Nottleson*


        Director
Neal R. Nottleson          

/s/ Reto Wittwer*


        Director
Reto Wittwer          

* Joseph F. Smorada, by signing his name hereto, does hereby sign this Form 10-K on behalf of each of the above-named officers and directors of JohnsonDiversey, Inc., pursuant to a power of attorney executed on behalf of each such officer and director.

 

By  

/s/ Joseph F. Smorada


    Joseph F. Smorada, Attorney-in-fact

 

77


Table of Contents

JOHNSONDIVERSEY, INC.

 

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Fiscal Years Ended December 31, 2004, January 2, 2004 and January 3, 2003

 

Report of Ernst & Young LLP

   F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2004 and January 2, 2004

   F-3

Consolidated Statements of Income for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004, January 2, 2004 and January 3, 2003

   F-4

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004, January 2, 2004 and January 3, 2003

   F-5

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for fiscal years ended December 31, 2004, January 2, 2004 and January 3, 2003

   F-6

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements – December 31, 2004

   F-7

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

To the Board of Directors and

Stockholders of JohnsonDiversey, Inc.

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of JohnsonDiversey, Inc. as of December 31, 2004 and January 2, 2004, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule as of December 31, 2004, January 2, 2004 and January 3, 2003 listed in the Index at Item 15(c). These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of JohnsonDiversey, Inc. at December 31, 2004 and January 2, 2004, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects the information set forth therein.

 

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP

 

Chicago, Illinois

March 9, 2005

 

F-2


Table of Contents

JOHNSONDIVERSEY, INC.

 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(dollars in thousands, except share data)

 

     December 31, 2004

    January 2, 2004

 
ASSETS                 

Current assets:

                

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 28,044     $ 24,543  

Accounts receivable, less allowance of $29,881 and $28,089, respectively

     524,669       618,991  

Accounts receivable – related parties

     31,576       28,965  

Inventories

     281,752       263,397  

Deferred income taxes

     24,458       20,165  

Other current assets

     112,390       97,928  
    


 


Total current assets

     1,002,889       1,053,989  

Property, plant and equipment, net

     566,961       595,483  

Capitalized software, net

     112,229       107,947  

Goodwill, net

     1,253,738       1,224,059  

Other intangibles, net

     408,433       418,622  

Deferred income taxes

     100,241       93,258  

Long-term receivables – related parties

     96,269       87,663  

Other assets

     70,666       84,306  
    


 


Total assets

   $ 3,611,426     $ 3,665,327  
    


 


LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY                 

Current liabilities:

                

Short-term borrowings

   $ 92,704     $ 124,228  

Current portion of long-term debt

     8,286       27,812  

Accounts payable

     364,559       298,202  

Accounts payable – related parties

     65,309       62,346  

Accrued expenses

     409,348       435,774  
    


 


Total current liabilities

     940,206       948,362  

Pension and other post-retirement benefits

     278,890       253,787  

Long-term borrowings

     1,244,173       1,338,622  

Long-term payables – related parties

     28,695       28,309  

Other liabilities

     73,637       101,352  
    


 


Total liabilities

     2,565,601       2,670,432  

Commitments and contingencies (Notes 22 and 26)

     —         —    

Stockholders’ equity:

                

Common stock – $1.00 par value; 200,000 shares authorized; 24,422 shares issued and outstanding

     24       24  

Class A 8% cumulative preferred stock – $100.00 par value; 1,000 shares authorized; no shares issued and outstanding

     —         —    

Class B 8% cumulative preferred stock – $100.00 par value; 1,000 shares authorized; no shares issued and outstanding

     —         —    

Capital in excess of par value

     737,610       736,959  

Retained earnings

     115,551       114,198  

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     192,981       145,401  

Notes receivable from officers

     (341 )     (1,687 )
    


 


Total stockholders’ equity

     1,045,825       994,895  
    


 


Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 3,611,426     $ 3,665,327  
    


 


 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

JOHNSONDIVERSEY, INC.

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

(dollars in thousands)

 

     Fiscal Year Ended

 
     December 31, 2004

    January 2, 2004

    January 3, 2003

 

Net sales:

                        

Net product and service sales

   $ 3,080,428     $ 2,816,162     $ 2,093,646  

Sales agency fee income

     88,870       86,808       54,286  
    


 


 


       3,169,298       2,902,970       2,147,932  

Cost of sales

     1,817,885       1,602,715       1,183,290  
    


 


 


Gross profit

     1,351,413       1,300,255       964,642  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     1,104,308       1,065,015       793,645  

Research and development expenses

     75,283       72,798       62,133  

Restructuring expenses

     20,525       12,919       19,646  
    


 


 


Operating profit

     151,297       149,523       89,218  

Other expense (income):

                        

Interest expense

     124,705       131,372       90,436  

Interest income

     (6,273 )     (7,035 )     (5,818 )

Other expense (income), net

     378       (9,821 )     (28,670 )
    


 


 


Income from continuing operations before income taxes and minority interests

     32,487       35,007       33,270  

Provision for income taxes

     20,832       16,739       11,540  
    


 


 


Income from continuing operations before minority interests

     11,655       18,268       21,730  

Minority interests in net income (loss) of subsidiaries

     285       262       (315 )
    


 


 


Income from continuing operations

     11,370       18,006       22,045  

Income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes of $781, $3,035 and $5,122 (Note 6)

     2,296       6,135       7,523  
    


 


 


Net income

   $ 13,666     $ 24,141     $ 29,568  
    


 


 


 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

JOHNSONDIVERSEY, INC.

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(dollars in thousands)

 

    Comprehensive
Income


   

Common

Stock


  Preferred
Stock


   

Capital in Excess

of Par Value


 

Retained

Earnings


   

Accumulated Other

Comprehensive

Income/(Loss)


    Notes
Receivable
from Officers


   

Total

Stockholders’

Equity


 

Balance, December 28, 2001

          $ 24   $ 50     $ 140,036   $ 88,142     $ (18,592 )   $ —       $ 209,660  

Comprehensive income–

                                                           

Net income

  $ 29,568       —       —         —       29,568       —         —         29,568  

Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax

    51,877       —       —         —       —         51,877       —         51,877  

Unrealized losses on derivatives, net of tax

    (16,138 )     —       —         —       —         (16,138 )     —         (16,138 )

Adjustment to minimum pension liability, net of tax

    (15,885 )     —       —         —       —         (15,885 )     —         (15,885 )
   


                                                   

Total comprehensive income

  $ 49,422                                                      
   


                                                   

Retirement of preferred stock

            —       (50 )     —       —         —         —         (50 )

Capital contributions

            —       —         587,682     —         —         —         587,682  

Dividends declared

            —       —         —       (17,038 )     —         —         (17,038 )

Contribution of notes receivable from officers

            —       —         6,850     —         —         (6,850 )     —    

Forgiveness of portion of notes receivable from officers

            —       —         —       —         —         3,357       3,357  
           

 


 

 


 


 


 


Balance, January 3, 2003

          $ 24   $ —       $ 734,568   $ 100,672     $ 1,262     $ (3,493 )   $ 833,033  

Comprehensive income–

                                                           

Net income

  $ 24,141       —       —         —       24,141       —         —         24,141  

Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax

    145,049       —       —         —       —         145,049       —         145,049  

Unrealized gains on derivatives, net of tax

    2,285       —       —         —       —         2,285       —         2,285  

Adjustment to minimum pension liability, net of tax

    (3,195 )     —       —         —       —         (3,195 )     —         (3,195 )
   


                                                   

Total comprehensive income

  $ 168,280                                                      
   


                                                   

Capital contributions

            —       —         2,391     —         —         —         2,391  

Dividends declared

            —       —         —       (10,615 )     —         —         (10,615 )

Principal payments on notes receivable from officers

            —       —         —       —         —         231       231  

Forgiveness of portion of notes receivable from officers

            —       —         —       —         —         1,575       1,575  
           

 


 

 


 


 


 


Balance, January 2, 2004

          $ 24   $ —       $ 736,959   $ 114,198     $ 145,401     $ (1,687 )   $ 994,895  

Comprehensive income–

                                                           

Net income

  $ 13,666       —       —         —       13,666       —         —         13,666  

Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax

    60,968       —       —         —       —         60,968       —         60,968  

Unrealized gains on derivatives, net of tax

    4,097       —       —         —       —         4,097       —         4,097  

Adjustment to minimum pension liability, net of tax

    (17,485 )     —       —         —       —         (17,485 )     —         (17,485 )
   


                                                   

Total comprehensive income

  $ 61,246                                                      
   


                                                   

Capital contributions

            —       —         651     —         —         —         651  

Dividends declared

            —       —         —       (12,313 )     —         —         (12,313 )

Principal payments on notes receivable from officers

            —       —         —       —         —         997       997  

Forgiveness of portion of notes receivable from officers

            —       —         —       —         —         349       349  
           

 


 

 


 


 


 


Balance, December 31, 2004

          $ 24   $ —       $ 737,610   $ 115,551     $ 192,981     $ (341 )   $ 1,045,825  
           

 


 

 


 


 


 


 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

JOHNSONDIVERSEY, INC.

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(dollars in thousands)

 

     Fiscal Year Ended

 
     December 31, 2004

    January 2, 2004

    January 3, 2003

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

                        

Net income

   $ 13,666     $ 24,141     $ 29,568  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities–

                        

Depreciation and amortization

     157,469       124,073       86,319  

Amortization of intangibles

     36,800       35,390       23,029  

Amortization of debt issuance costs

     12,464       13,126       5,951  

Interest accrued on long-term receivables- related parties

     (3,399 )     (4,365 )     (1,417 )

Deferred income taxes

     (16,126 )     (39,656 )     (11,271 )

Gain on disposal of discontinued operations

     (966 )     —         —    

Gain from divestitures

     (1,133 )     (3,372 )     (11,921 )

(Gain) loss on property disposals

     (936 )     12,026       11,626  

Other

     4,601       685       (4,696 )

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects from acquisitions and divestitures of businesses–

                        

Accounts receivable securitization

     35,100       59,300       (5,600 )

Accounts receivable

     (18,737 )     11,461       (28,647 )

Inventories

     (17,148 )     24,101       (5,350 )

Other current assets

     (9,916 )     (10,185 )     (7,752 )

Other assets

     1,013       24,165       7,455  

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     27,221       (20,267 )     87,001  

Other liabilities

     (21,197 )     25,055       56,725  
    


 


 


Net cash provided by operating activities

     198,776       275,678       231,020  

Cash flows from investing activities:

                        

Capital expenditures

     (93,527 )     (98,840 )     (73,982 )

Expenditures for capitalized computer software

     (36,275 )     (36,313 )     (37,904 )

Cash from property disposals

     12,028       16,946       20,821  

Acquisitions of businesses

     (3,968 )     (21,622 )     (1,377,449 )

Proceeds from divestitures

     48,423       5,041       —    
    


 


 


Net cash used in investing activities

     (73,319 )     (134,788 )     (1,468,514 )

Cash flows from financing activities:

                        

Proceeds from (repayments of) short-term borrowings

     60,686       (53,273 )     31,903  

(Repayments of) proceeds from long-term borrowings

     (153,841 )     (140,639 )     1,029,153  

Capital contributions

     —         —         385,782  

Retirement of preferred stock

     —         —         (50 )

Payment of debt issuance costs

     (1,337 )     (1,818 )     (68,875 )

Dividends paid

     (14,931 )     (7,878 )     (17,038 )
    


 


 


Net cash (used in ) provided by financing activities

     (109,423 )     (203,608 )     1,360,875  
    


 


 


Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     (12,533 )     27,989       (72,202 )
    


 


 


Change in cash and cash equivalents

     3,501       (34,729 )     51,179  

Beginning balance

     24,543       59,272       8,093  
    


 


 


Ending balance

   $ 28,044     $ 24,543     $ 59,272  
    


 


 


Supplemental cash flows information

                        

Cash paid during the year:

                        

Interest

   $ 107,270     $ 103,833     $ 69,500  

Income taxes

     20,316       16,694       32,515  

Noncash investing and financing activities

                        

Contribution of operations acquired by JohnsonDiversey Holdings, Inc.

   $ —       $ —       $ 201,900  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

JOHNSONDIVERSEY, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

December 31, 2004

(dollars in thousands)

 

(1) Description of the Company

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include all of the operations, assets and liabilities of JohnsonDiversey, Inc. (the “Company”), which is comprised of a Professional Business and a Polymer Business. The Professional Business is a global manufacturer of commercial, industrial and institutional building maintenance and sanitation products. The Polymer Business is a global manufacturer of polymer intermediates marketed to the printing and packaging, coatings, adhesives and related industries.

 

Prior to November 5, 1999, the Company was a wholly owned subsidiary of S.C. Johnson & Son, Inc. (“SCJ”). On November 5, 1999, ownership of the Company, including all of its assets and liabilities, was spun-off in a tax-free reorganization. In connection with the spin-off, Commercial Markets Holdco, Inc. (“Holdco”) obtained substantially all of the shares of the Company from SCJ.

 

Prior to May 3, 2002, Holdco contributed its shares in the Company to Johnson Professional Holdings, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Holdco.

 

On May 3, 2002, the Company acquired the DiverseyLever business from Conopco, Inc., a subsidiary of Unilever N.V. and Unilever PLC (together, “Unilever”) (see Note 4). At the closing of the acquisition, the Company changed its name to JohnsonDiversey, Inc., and Johnson Professional Holdings, Inc. changed its name to JohnsonDiversey Holdings, Inc. (“Holdings”). In connection with the acquisition, Unilever acquired a 33 1/3% interest in Holdings, with the remaining 66 2/3% continuing to be held by Holdco.

 

(2) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

Principles of Consolidation

 

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and all of its majority owned and controlled subsidiaries and are prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”). All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

Year-End

 

Operations included 52 weeks in fiscal year 2004 and 2003, and 53 weeks in fiscal year 2002.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

The Company recognizes revenue when risk of loss and title to the product is transferred to the customer, substantially all of which occurs at the time shipment is made. Revenues are recorded net of estimated allowances for returns, discounts and rebates.

 

On May 3, 2002, the Company acquired the DiverseyLever business (see Note 4). The Company did not acquire the Unilever consumer brands business of DiverseyLever. Prior to the acquisition, Unilever’s consumer brand products were sold, directly or indirectly, by DiverseyLever to institutional and industrial end users. In connection with the acquisition, the Company entered into a sales agency agreement with Unilever relating to these products.

 

Under the sales agency agreement, the Company acts as Unilever’s exclusive sales agent for the sale of its consumer brand products to institutional and industrial end-users in most countries where DiverseyLever conducted its business prior to the acquisition. In exchange for the Company’s sales agency services, which include sales, promotion, collection and after-sales technical support and customer care, the Company is paid an agency fee. Sales

 

F-7


Table of Contents

agency fee income is recognized based on a percentage of the net proceeds of sales of Unilever consumer brand products. Expenses incurred pursuant to sales agency services are recorded as selling, general and administrative expenses.

 

Rebates and Customer Incentives

 

Rebates granted to customers are accounted for on an accrual basis as a reduction in net sales in the period in which the related sales are recognized.

 

Volume rebates are supported by customer contracts, which typically extend over two- to five-year periods. In the case where rebate rates are not contractually fixed, the rates used in the calculation of accruals are estimated based on forecasted annual volumes.

 

Cost of Sales

 

Cost of sales includes material costs, packaging costs, production costs, distribution costs, including shipping and handling costs, and other factory overhead costs. In order to achieve alignment with its actual business management practices, beginning with fiscal year 2003, the Company reclassified distribution costs from selling, general and administrative expenses to cost of sales. Fiscal year 2002 distribution costs of $202,542 have been reclassified for consistency.

 

In order to achieve alignment with its functional cost structure, beginning with fiscal year 2004, the Company reclassified certain customer support costs. Prior year amounts have been reclassified for consistency. Related customer support costs of $9,938 were reclassified from selling, general and administrative expenses to cost of sales in fiscal year 2003 and $2,350 were reclassified from cost of sales to selling, general and administrative expenses in fiscal year 2002.

 

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

 

Selling expenses include advertising and promotion costs, marketing research and sales overhead costs. General and administrative expenses include other administrative and general overhead costs.

 

Advertising Costs

 

The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. Total advertising expense was $2,062, $2,622 and $2,270 for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004, January 2, 2004 and January 3, 2003, respectively.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

The Company considers all highly liquid investments, with maturities of 90 days or less at the date of purchase, to be cash equivalents. The cost of cash equivalents approximates fair value due to the short-term nature of the investments.

 

Accounts Receivable

 

The Company evaluates the collectibility of its accounts receivable based on a number of factors. For larger accounts greater than 90 days past due, an allowance for doubtful accounts is recorded based on a customer’s ability and likelihood to pay based on management’s review of the facts. For all other customers, the Company recognizes an allowance based on the length of time the receivable is past due based on historical experience.

 

Inventories

 

Inventories are carried at the lower of cost or market. As of December 31, 2004 and January 2, 2004, the cost of certain domestic inventories determined by the last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) method amounted to $57,671 and $27,482, respectively. This represented 19.9% and 10.2% of total inventories, respectively. For the balance of the Company’s inventories, cost is determined using the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method. If the FIFO method of accounting had been used for all inventories, they would have been $8,623 and $5,291 higher than reported at December 31, 2004 and January 2, 2004, respectively. The components of inventory are as follows:

 

     December 31, 2004

   January 2, 2004

Raw materials and containers

   $ 71,835    $ 64,322

Finished goods

     209,917      199,075
    

  

Total inventories

   $ 281,752    $ 263,397
    

  

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Property, Plant and Equipment

 

Property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost. Major replacements and improvements are capitalized, while maintenance and repairs which do not improve or extend the life of the respective assets are expensed as incurred. Depreciation is generally computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which typically range from 20-40 years for buildings, 3-14 years for machinery and equipment, and 5-20 years for improvements.

 

When properties are disposed of, the related costs and accumulated depreciation are removed from the respective accounts, and any gain or loss on disposition is reflected in other income or other expense.

 

Capitalized Software

 

The Company capitalizes both internal and external costs to develop computer software for internal use. These costs are accounted for under the provisions of Statement of Position (“SOP”) 98-1, “Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use.” SOP 98-1 permits the capitalization of certain costs, including internal payroll costs, incurred in connection with the development or acquisition of software for internal use. Accordingly, certain costs of this internal-use software are capitalized beginning at the software application development phase.

 

Capitalized software costs are amortized using the straight-line method over the expected useful life of the software, which is generally five years.

 

Goodwill

 

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over fair value of identifiable net assets acquired from business acquisitions. In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 142, goodwill is no longer amortized, but is reviewed for impairment on an annual basis and between annual tests in certain circumstances. The Company conducts its annual impairment test for goodwill at the beginning of the fourth quarter. The Company performed the required impairment test for fiscal 2004 and 2003 and found no impairment of goodwill. There can be no assurance that future goodwill impairment tests will not result in a charge to earnings.

 

Other Intangibles

 

SFAS No. 142 requires purchased intangible assets other than goodwill to be amortized over their useful lives unless these lives are determined to be indefinite. Purchased intangible assets are carried at cost less accumulated amortization. Definite-lived intangible assets, which primarily include customer lists, contractual arrangements, trademarks, patents and licenses, have been assigned an estimated finite life and are amortized on a straight-line basis over periods ranging from 1 to 37 years. Indefinite-lived intangible assets, which primarily includes trademarks, are evaluated annually for impairment and between annual tests in certain circumstances. The Company conducts its annual impairment test for indefinite-lived intangible assets at the beginning of the fourth quarter. The Company performed the required impairment test for fiscal 2004 and 2003 and found no impairment of indefinite-lived intangible assets. There can be no assurance that future indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment tests will not result in a charge to earnings.

 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

 

Property, plant and equipment and other long-term assets, including amortizable intangible assets, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. If the sum of the expected undiscounted cash flows is less than the carrying value of the related asset or group of assets, a loss is recognized for the difference between the fair value and carrying value of the asset or group of assets. Such analyses necessarily involve significant judgment. In fiscal year 2004 and 2003, impairment charges were not material to the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Environmental Remediation Costs

 

The Company accrues for losses associated with environmental remediation obligations when such losses are probable and reasonably estimable. Costs of future expenditures for environmental remediation obligations are not discounted to their present value. Recoveries of environmental remediation costs from other parties are recorded as assets when their receipt is deemed probable. The accruals are adjusted as further information becomes available or circumstances change.

 

Foreign Currency Translations and Transactions

 

The functional currency of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries is generally the local currency. Accordingly, balance sheet accounts are translated using the exchange rates in effect at the respective balance sheet dates and income statement amounts are translated using the monthly weighted-average exchange rates for the periods presented. The aggregate effects of the resulting translation adjustments are included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (see Note 24), except in the case of hyper-inflationary countries, which use the U.S. dollar as the functional currency and the effects are recorded as a component of other (income) expense, net and were $1,773, ($1,827) and ($1,385) for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004, January 2, 2004 and January 3, 2003, respectively.

 

Gains and losses resulting from foreign currency transactions are recorded as a component of either cost of sales or other (income) expense, net. Total net transaction (gains) losses included in cost of sales were ($603), $446 and $298 for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004, January 2, 2004 and January 3, 2003, respectively. Total net transaction (gains) losses included with other (income) expense, net were ($4,765), ($8,301) and ($11,742) for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004, January 2, 2004, January 3, 2003, respectively.

 

Stock-Based Compensation

 

The Company measures compensation cost for stock-based compensation plans using the intrinsic value method of accounting as prescribed in Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,” and related interpretations. Under the intrinsic value method, compensation cost is the excess, if any, of the fair value at grant date or other measurement date of the stock that may be purchased upon exercise of an option over the option’s exercise price.

 

The Company has adopted those provisions of SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,” which require disclosure of the pro forma effect on net earnings as if compensation cost had been recognized based upon the estimated fair value at the date of grant for options awarded. The estimated fair value represents the present value of cash flow return on investment at the end of the exercise period (usually seven years after grant). The Company prorates proforma compensation equally over the vesting period (four years after grant).

 

The pro forma impact of compensation expense if the Company had used the fair-value method of accounting to measure compensation expense would have reduced net income by approximately $16,189 , $7,857 and $2,990 for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004, January 2, 2004 and January 3, 2003, respectively.

 

Derivative Financial Instruments

 

The Company utilizes certain derivative financial instruments to enhance its ability to manage foreign currency exposures. Derivative financial instruments are entered into for periods consistent with the related underlying exposures and do not represent positions independent of those exposures. The Company does not enter into forward foreign currency exchange contracts for speculative purposes. The contracts are entered into with major financial institutions with no credit loss anticipated for the failure of counterparties to perform.

 

The Company recognizes all derivative financial instruments in the consolidated financial statements at fair value regardless of the purpose or intent for holding the instrument. Changes in the fair value of derivative financial instruments are either recognized periodically in the consolidated income statement or in stockholders’ equity as a component of comprehensive income depending on whether the derivative financial instrument qualifies for hedge accounting, and if so, whether it qualifies as a fair value hedge or cash flow hedge. Generally, changes in fair values of derivatives accounted for as fair value hedges are recorded in the consolidated income statement along with the portions of the changes in the fair values of the hedged items that relate to the hedged risks. Changes in fair values of derivatives accounted for as cash flow hedges, to the extent they are effective as hedges, are recorded in other comprehensive income, net of deferred taxes. Hedge ineffectiveness was insignificant for all periods reported. Changes in fair value of derivatives not qualifying as hedges are reported in the consolidated income statement.

 

Reclassifications

 

Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the 2004 presentation.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

New Accounting Pronouncements

 

In December 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004), “Share-Based Payments” (“SFAS No. 123(R)”). SFAS No. 123(R) replaces SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,” supersedes APB Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees” and amends FASB Statement No. 95, “Statement of Cash Flows.” Generally, the approach in SFAS No. 132(R) is similar to the approach described in SFAS No. 123. However, SFAS No. 123(R) requires all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be recognized in the income statement based on their fair values. Pro forma disclosure is no longer an alternative. The accounting provisions of SFAS No. 123(R) will be effective for the Company in the first quarter of fiscal year 2006. As permitted by SFAS No. 123, the Company currently accounts for share-based payments to employees using APB Opinion No. 25’s intrinsic value method and, as such, generally recognizes no compensation cost for employee stock options. Accordingly, the adoption of SFAS No. 123(R)’s fair value method will have an impact on our result of operations, although it will have no impact on our overall financial position. The Company will adopt the provisions of SFAS No. 123(R) using a modified prospective application. Under the modified prospective application, SFAS No. 123(R), which provides certain changes to the method for valuing stock-based compensation among other changes, will apply to new awards and to awards that are outstanding on the effective date and are subsequently modified or cancelled. Compensation expense for outstanding awards for which the requisite service had not been rendered as of the effective date will be recognized over the remaining service period using the compensation cost calculated for pro forma disclosure purposes under SFAS No. 123. The Company is in the process of determining how the new method of valuing stock-based compensation as prescribed in SFAS No. 123(R) will be applied to valuing stock-based awards granted after the effective date and the impact the recognition of compensation expense related to such awards will have on our consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

 

In November 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 151, “Inventory Costs – an amendment of ARB No. 43,” which is the result of its efforts to converge U.S. accounting standards for inventories with International Accounting Standards. SFAS No. 151 requires idle facility expenses, freight, handling costs, and wasted material (spoilage) costs to be recognized as current-period charges. It also requires that allocation of fixed production overheads to the costs of conversion be based on the normal capacity of the production facilities. SFAS No. 151 will be effective for inventory costs incurred during fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2005. The Company is evaluating the impact this standard will have on our consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

 

In May 2004, the FASB issued a FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) regarding SFAS No. 106, “Employers’ Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions.” FSP No. 106-2, “Accounting and Disclosure Requirements Related to the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003” discusses the effect of the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act (the “Act”) enacted in December 2003 and supersedes FSP No. 106-1, which was issued in January 2004. FSP No. 106-2 applies to the sponsor of a single-employer defined benefit postretirement health care plan for which (a) the employer has concluded that prescription drug benefits available under the plan to some or all participants for some or all future years are “actuarially equivalent” to Medicare Part D and thus qualify for the subsidy under the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003; and (b) the expected subsidy will offset or reduce the employer’s share of the cost of the underlying postretirement prescription drug coverage on which the subsidy is based. FSP No. 106-2 was effective for the Company in the third quarter of fiscal year 2004 and did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. See Note 18 to our consolidated financial statements for further disclosure on the financial impact to the Company in adopting FSP 106-2.

 

In December 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 132 (revised 2004), “Employers’ Disclosures about Pensions and Other Post-retirement Benefits, an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88 and 106” (“SFAS No. 132(R)”). SFAS No. 132(R) requires additional disclosures in year-end reports about assets, obligations, cash flows and net periodic benefit cost of defined benefit pension plans and other postretirement benefit plans. As permitted by the standard, the Company adopted SFAS No. 132(R) in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2003 for all U.S. based plans and in fiscal year 2004 for all foreign plans. SFAS No. 132(R) also amends Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) Opinion No. 28, “Interim Financial Reporting,” to require interim-period disclosure of the components of net periodic benefit cost and, if significantly different from previously disclosed amounts, the amounts of contributions and projected contributions to fund pension plans and other postretirement benefit plans. The Company has adopted the interim-period disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 132(R) for its U.S.-based defined benefit and non-pension postretirement plans effective January 3, 2004. Because SFAS No. 132(R) pertains only to disclosure provisions, the Company’s adoption of SFAS No. 132(R) did not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. See Notes 17 and 18 to our consolidated financial statements for the disclosures required under this standard.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

(3) Acquisitions

 

In fiscal year 2004, the Company acquired or purchased interests in business assets associated with its professional segment, from SCJ, a related party, in Colombia, Costa Rica, Egypt and Saudi Arabia, for an aggregate purchase price of $3,256 and two unrelated businesses as part of its polymer segment for $1,714. None of the transactions were considered material to the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

In November 2003, the Company acquired 50.1% of the outstanding shares of Daisan Kogyo Co., Ltd. (“Daisan”), Japan’s leading provider of commercial cleaning products and services to the food and beverage industry, for $12,076. The Company previously held 49.9% of the outstanding shares and accounted for its holding in Daisan on an equity basis. The Company completed a valuation exercise during the quarter ending July 2, 2004 and assigned $1,443 and $2,507 of the purchase price to customer lists and intellectual property, respectively. As of December 31, 2004 and January 2, 2004, goodwill recorded with respect to the acquisition was $5,615 and $7,762, respectively.

 

In October 2003, the Company acquired certain net assets of Southwest Auto-Chlor System L.P., an Austin, Texas-based business that marketed and sold low-energy dishwashing systems, kitchen chemicals, laundry and housekeeping products and services to foodservice, lodging, healthcare, and institutional customers, for $13,577. In addition, the sellers entered into non-compete arrangements with the Company. The Company assigned $11,295 of the purchase price to customer lists and related contracts. The Company did not record goodwill as a result of the transaction.

 

In June and September 2002, in connection with the completion of the Company’s “spin-off” from SCJ referred to in Note 1 above, the Company acquired business assets in Kenya, the Netherlands, South Africa, Turkey and Venezuela for a combined purchase price of $4,022.

 

In May 2002, the Company acquired the DiverseyLever business from Unilever. See Note 4 below.

 

Each of the above acquisitions was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. Operations from the acquisitions are included in the Company’s financial statements from the respective dates of acquisition.

 

(4) Acquisition of the DiverseyLever Business

 

On May 3, 2002, the Company acquired the assets and equity interests of the DiverseyLever business – the institutional and industrial cleaning and sanitation business of Unilever. In addition, with specified exceptions, the Company and its parent, Holdings, assumed liabilities to the extent relating to, or arising out of, the DiverseyLever business. The acquisition was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. Operations from the DiverseyLever business are included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition.

 

The acquisition consisted of numerous individual transactions carried out Holdings and by various entities within the consolidated group making up the Company. Holdings received $352,059 from Unilever in exchange for a 33 1/3% equity interest in Holdings, subject to subscription price adjustments described below. The cash received from this transaction was contributed to the Company and certain of its subsidiaries to fund individual transactions at local levels. In addition, Holdings issued senior discount notes (the “Senior Discount Notes”) to Unilever with a fair value of $201,900 in exchange for certain businesses, which were contributed to the Company and certain of its subsidiaries. The obligations under the Senior Discount Notes were retained by Holdings and were not assumed by the Company. The Company does not guarantee the Senior Discount Notes nor are its assets pledged as collateral for the Senior Discount Notes.

 

The Company believes that the acquisition provided opportunities for revenue growth and cost savings through the integration of the DiverseyLever business. In addition, the integration of the DiverseyLever business lines provided cross-selling opportunities due to their businesses’ complementary product offerings and geographic footprint. The acquisition greatly increased the Company’s network of international distributors and the size of its direct sales force, thus broadening the Company’s global access to existing and new end-users. The Company also believes that it can obtain significant cost savings from the rationalization of manufacturing plants, consolidation of physical distribution infrastructure and reduction of overlap in back-office and administrative functions. These factors contributed to a purchase price for the DiverseyLever business that resulted in the recognition of goodwill.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

During fiscal 2004, the Company finalized the process of settlement and conclusion on purchase price allocation and adjustment associated with the acquisition of the DiverseyLever business.

 

     January 2, 2004

    Adjustments
recorded in 2004


    December 31, 2004

 

Cash purchase price

   $ 1,025,440     $  283 (a)   $ 1,025,723  

Senior discount notes of Holdings

     201,900       —         201,900  

Equity in Holdings issued to Unilever

     352,059       —         352,059  

Transaction-related costs

     41,727       (287 )(a)     41,440  

Net debt adjustment payable in cash

     15,320       —         15,320  

Net debt adjustment to subscription price

     11,750       —         11,750  

Working capital adjustment payable in cash

     33,568       —         33,568  

Working capital adjustment to subscription price

     (30,905 )     —         (30,905 )

Pension adjustment – EBITDA

     (8,370 )     (1,547 )(b)     (9,917 )

Pension adjustment–fully funded

     (114,507 )     (564 )(a)     (115,071 )

Tax indemnification adjustment

     (5,808 )     67 (a)     (5,741 )
    


 


 


Total purchase price

     1,522,174       (2,048 )     1,520,126  

Fair value of net tangible assets acquired

     (419,759 )     (2,864 )(c)     (422,623 )
    


 


 


Excess purchase price

     1,102,415       (4,912 )     1,097,503  

Allocation to intellectual property

     (122,941 )     —         (122,941 )

Allocation to other identified intangible assets

     (235,394 )     —         (235,394 )
    


 


 


Goodwill

   $ 744,080     $ (4,912 )   $ 739,168  
    


 


 



(a) The Company and Unilever agreed and finalized certain adjustments to purchase price. In addition, the Company finalized certain adjustments previously recorded at estimated amounts. Further adjustments are not expected.
(b) The Company and Unilever reached settlement on the pension adjustment – EBITDA resulting in a $1,547 decrease in purchase price and acquisition goodwill from the estimate at January 2, 2004. In conjunction with the settlement, the Company received $1,031 from Unilever and the remaining balance of $516 was included in the long-term receivables from Unilever (see Note 23) at December 31, 2004. Further adjustments are not expected.
(c) The Company recorded adjustments to increase the fair value of net assets acquired by $2,864, which includes the reversal of $4,337 of restructuring reserves previously established in purchase accounting (see Note 14) net of associated deferred taxes of $1,459, and results in a decrease in acquisition goodwill of $2,878. Further adjustments are not expected.

 

Pro Forma Results (Unaudited)

 

The following reflects the unaudited pro forma results for the Company’s fiscal year ended January 3, 2003 giving effect to the acquisition of the DiverseyLever business and the related financings as if they had occurred at the beginning of the year.

 

Net revenues

   $ 2,610,432

Net income

     8,867

 

(5) Divestitures

 

In May 2002, the Company disposed of a non-strategic dishwash detergent product line for $10,444. The Company recorded a net gain of $9,566 as a result of this transaction. Annual revenues for the product line approximated $6,900 for the twelve months ended December 28, 2001. The disposed business was part of larger cash-flow generating group and was therefore not reported as discontinued operations. Gains or losses associated with this and other divestitures are included as a component of selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of income.

 

(6) Divestiture of the Whitmire Micro-Gen Business

 

As previously reported, the Company had determined that Whitmire Micro-Gen Research Laboratories, Inc. (“Whitmire”), a wholly-owned subsidiary that manufactured and supplied insecticides and equipment to the professional pest management industry in the U.S., was no longer part of the overall corporate strategic focus and therefore had been seeking a buyer.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

On June 10, 2004, the Company completed the sale of Whitmire to Sorex Holdings, Ltd. (“Sorex”), a leading European pest-control manufacturer headquartered in the United Kingdom, for $46,000 in cash and the assumption of certain liabilities. The purchase price was subject to a working capital adjustment, which was agreed and settled in September 2004, resulting in Sorex paying $751 to the Company. The purchase agreement also provides for additional earnout provisions based on future Whitmire net sales. As of the divestiture date, Whitmire net assets were as follows:

 

Assets

      

Current assets:

      

Accounts receivable, net

   $ 6,617

Inventories

     8,947

Other current assets

     463
    

Total current assets

     16,027

Property, plant and equipment

     2,692

Other intangibles, net

     32,060

Other assets

     850
    

Total assets

   $ 51,629
    

Liabilities

      

Current liabilities:

      

Accounts payable

   $ 2,593

Other liabilities

     3,522
    

Total current liabilities

     6,115

Other liabilities

     624
    

Total liabilities

   $ 6,739
    

Net assets divested

   $ 44,890
    

 

Effective with the second quarter of 2004, Whitmire, which was included in the Company’s professional segment, has been classified as a discontinued operation in the consolidated statement of income with the prior periods restated. No adjustments or restatements for discontinued operations have been made to the consolidated balance sheets and consolidated statements of cash flows due to the immaterial impact of the divestiture for the periods presented.

 

Income from discontinued operations for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004, January 2, 2004 and January 3, 2003 is comprised of the following:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended

     December 31, 2004

   January 2, 2004

   January 3, 2003

Income from operations, net of tax

   $ 1,330    $ 6,135    $ 7,523

Gain on sale, net of tax

     966      —        —  
    

  

  

Income from discontinued operations

   $ 2,296    $ 6,135    $ 7,523
    

  

  

 

Net sales from discontinued operations for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004, January 2, 2004 and January 3, 2003 are as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended

     December 31, 2004

   January 2, 2004

   January 3, 2003

Net sales

   $ 18,688    $ 44,802    $ 48,463

 

F-14


Table of Contents

(7) Accounts Receivable Securitization

 

The Company and certain of its subsidiaries entered into an agreement (the “Receivables Facility”) in March 2001 whereby they sell, on a continuous basis, certain trade receivables to JWPR Corporation (“JWPRC”), a wholly owned, consolidated, special purpose, bankruptcy-remote subsidiary of the Company. JWPRC was formed for the sole purpose of buying and selling receivables generated by the Company and its subsidiaries party to the Receivables Facility. JWPRC, in turn, sells an undivided interest in the accounts receivable to a nonconsolidated financial institution (the “Conduit”) for an amount equal to the value of all eligible receivables (as defined under the receivables sale agreement between JWPRC and the Conduit) less the applicable reserve. The accounts receivable securitization arrangement is accounted for under the provisions of SFAS No. 140, “Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishment of Liabilities–A replacement of FASB Statement No. 125.”

 

In August 2003, the Receivables Facility was amended to include certain additional U.S. subsidiaries, expand the total potential for securitization of trade receivables to $75,000 from the previous limit of $55,000, and change the facility term to 354 days from the date of closing, renewable without fee.

 

In October 2003, the Receivables Facility was again amended to include certain United Kingdom subsidiaries and further expand the total potential for securitization of trade receivables to $100,000 (the “October 2003 amendment”). Prior to the October 2003 amendment, the beneficial interest of accounts receivable sold under the Receivables Facility was excluded from accounts receivable in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets in accordance with SFAS No. 140. As a result of the terms of the October 2003 amendment, limitations in the articles of incorporation of JWPRC and the requirements for sale defined in SFAS No. 140, the Company was no longer able to exclude the $95,200 accounts receivable sold under the Receivables Facility from its consolidated balance sheets as of January 2, 2004.

 

In January 2004, the Receivables Facility was amended and restated to include the Company’s Italian subsidiary and further expand the total potential for securitization of trade receivables to $150,000.

 

In March 2004, the Company modified the articles of incorporation of JWPRC and obtained necessary legal opinions in order for the amended Receivables Facility to be in compliance with the provisions of SFAS No. 140. As such, since the end of the first quarter of fiscal year 2002, the Company has excluded accounts receivable sold under the Receivables Facility from the consolidated balance sheet.

 

As of December 31, 2004, the Conduit held $130,300 of accounts receivable that are not included in the accounts receivable balance reflected in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. As of January 2, 2004, the Company included $95,200 of accounts receivable held by the Conduit in its consolidated balance sheet for the reasons noted above.

 

As of December 31, 2004, the Company had a retained interest of $135,304 in the receivables of JWPRC. The retained interest is included in the accounts receivable balance and is reflected in the consolidated balance sheet at estimated fair value.

 

Proceeds from the sales of receivables were used to pay down existing debt facilities. Costs associated with the sale of beneficial interests in the receivables vary on a monthly basis and are generally related to the commercial paper rate and administrative fees associated with the overall program facility. Such costs were $3,228, $1,149 and $1,061 for the years ended December 31, 2004, January 2, 2004 and January 3, 2003, respectively, and are included in interest expense, net in the consolidated statements of income.

 

(8) Property, Plant and Equipment

 

Property, plant and equipment, net, consisted of the following:

 

     December 31, 2004

    January 2, 2004

 

Land and improvements

   $ 76,159     $ 75,051  

Buildings and leasehold improvements

     216,647       210,600  

Equipment

     683,943       606,662  

Capital leases

     20,652       22,735  

Construction in progress

     27,506       26,163  
    


 


       1,024,907       941,211  

Less–Accumulated depreciation

     (457,946 )     (345,728 )
    


 


Property, plant and equipment, net

   $ 566,961     $ 595,483  
    


 


 

F-15


Table of Contents

Effective January 3, 2004, the Company changed its accounting estimates relating to depreciation. The estimated useful lives for dishwashing machines were changed to seven years from a range of five to 14 years to more appropriately reflect the useful life and to provide consistency in accounting treatment following the integration of acquisitions into a combined business unit. As a result of this change in accounting estimate, cost of sales was increased by $12,784 for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004.

 

(9) Capitalized Software

 

Capitalized software, net, consisted of the following:

 

     December 31, 2004

    January 2, 2004

 

Capitalized software

   $ 176,681     $ 138,365  

Less–Accumulated amortization

     (64,452 )     (30,418 )
    


 


     $ 112,229     $ 107,947  
    


 


 

Amortization expense related to capitalized software was $33,596, $20,509 and $9,253 for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004, January 2, 2004 and January 3, 2003, respectively.

 

During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004, January 2, 2004, and January 3, 2003, the Company capitalized $419, $1,589 and $3,311, respectively, of interest in connection with its ongoing software projects. Periodically, the Company assesses potential impairment of capitalized software balances. The Company recorded impairment charges of $240, $2,336 and $10,114 for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004, January 2, 2004, and January 3, 2003, respectively. All charges were included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated income statement and were related to the integration of computer systems in connection with the acquisition of the DiverseyLever business.

 

(10) Goodwill

 

Changes in the balance of the goodwill account were as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended

 
     December 31, 2004

    January 2, 2004

 

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 1,224,059     $ 1,132,329  

Acquisitions

     1,595       7,889  

Divestitures

     (32,812 )     (1,179 )

Post-acquisition adjustments

     (7,196 )     (50,002 )

Impact of foreign currency fluctuations

     68,092       135,022  
    


 


Balance at end of year

   $ 1,253,738     $ 1,224,059  
    


 


 

(11) Other Intangibles

 

Other intangibles consisted of the following:

 

    

Weighted-Average

Useful Lives


   December 31, 2004

    January 2, 2004

 

Definite-lived intangible assets:

                     

Trademarks, patents and licenses

   11 years    $ 54,239     $ 47,268  

Customer lists, contracts and other intangibles

   12 years      310,048       294,569  

Indefinite-lived intangible assets:

                     

Trademarks, patents and licenses

   —        142,766       136,469  

Customer lists, contracts and other intangibles

   —        5,810       4,044  
         


 


            512,863       482,350  

Less–Accumulated amortization

          (104,430 )     (63,728 )
         


 


Other intangibles, net

        $ 408,433     $ 418,622  
         


 


 

Amortization expense for other intangibles was $36,800, $35,390 and $23,029 for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004, January 2, 2004 and January 3, 2003, respectively.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

The aggregate amounts of anticipated amortization of intangible assets for each of the next five fiscal years and thereafter are as follows:

 

Year


    

2005

   $ 33,968

2006

     33,606

2007

     30,903

2008

     29,321

2009

     26,371

Thereafter

     105,688
    

     $ 259,857
    

 

(12) Indebtedness and Credit Arrangements

 

The Company’s indebtedness and credit arrangements consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,
2004


   January 2,
2004


Short-term borrowings:

             

Lines of credit

   $ 53,404    $ 15,003

Revolving credit facilities

     39,300      14,025

Receivables securitization facility

     —        95,200
    

  

     $ 92,704    $ 124,228
    

  

Long-term borrowings:

             

Term loan A

   $ —      $ 92,973

Term loan B

     641,145      672,129

Term loan C

     4,130      17,967

Other

     2,230      —  

Senior subordinated notes

     604,954      583,365
    

  

       1,252,459      1,366,434

Less: Current portion

     8,286      27,812
    

  

     $ 1,244,173    $ 1,338,622
    

  

 

In connection with the acquisition of DiverseyLever, the Company entered into senior secured credit facilities consisting of three term loan facilities and dollar/euro- and dollar/yen-based revolving credit facilities. The term loan facilities consisted of: a tranche A term loan, bearing interest at floating rates based on LIBOR, plus 325 basis points (4.40% at January 2, 2004), that was fully repaid during 2004; a tranche B term loan, maturing in November 2009 and bearing interest at floating rates based on LIBOR plus 225 basis points at December 31, 2004 (4.43%) and 275 basis points at January 2, 2004 (3.91%) and EURIBOR plus 325 basis points (5.40% at December 31, 2004 and January 2, 2004), with scheduled principal reductions semiannually; and a tranche C term loan, maturing in May 2008 and bearing interest at floating rates based on Canadian dollar LIBOR plus 275 basis points (5.31% at December 31, 2004 and 5.49% at January 2, 2004), with scheduled principal reductions semiannually.

 

The Company’s dollar/euro- and yen-based revolving credit facilities are structured as follows: the aggregate principal amount of the dollar/euro revolving credit facility is $210,000, of which $170,700 is available to be borrowed at December 31, 2004; and the aggregate principal amount of the yen revolving credit facility is ¥11,525,300 ($112,315), of which the full amount is available to be borrowed at December 31, 2004. At December 31, 2004, borrowings were $39,300 under the dollar/euro facilities. The revolving facilities bear interest at floating rates based on Prime or LIBOR, plus a variable, leverage ratio-based spread of 225-325 basis points, which as of December 31, 2004 and January 2, 2004 was 7.5% and 2.83%, respectively.

 

In May 2002, the Company issued $300,000 and €225,000 of 9.625% senior subordinated notes due 2012 to finance a portion of the cash purchase price of the DiverseyLever business. In January 2003, the Series A senior subordinated notes were converted to series B senior subordinated notes (the “Senior Subordinated Notes”) with the same interest rates and due dates.

 

As of October 2003, the accounting treatment for the Company’s receivables securitization facility (see Note 7) required that $95,200 accounts receivable sold to the Conduit be included in accounts receivable, with a corresponding increase in short term borrowings, on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

In March 2004, the Company modified the articles of incorporation of JWPR Corporation and obtained necessary legal opinions in order for the Receivables Facility to be in compliance with the provisions of SFAS No. 140. As such, the Company has excluded accounts receivables sold under the Receivables Facility and the corresponding short term borrowings from the consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2004.

 

Scheduled Maturities of Long-term Borrowings

 

Aggregate scheduled maturities of long-term borrowings in each of the next five fiscal years and thereafter are as follows:

 

Year


    
2005      8,286
2006      8,309
2007      8,471
2008      148,978
2009      473,461
Thereafter      604,954
    

     $ 1,252,459
    

 

Financial Covenants

 

Under the terms of its senior secured credit facilities, the Company is subject to specified financial covenants. The most restrictive covenants under the senior secured credit facilities require the Company to meet the following targets and ratios:

 

Maximum Leverage Ratio. The Company is required to maintain a leverage ratio for each financial covenant period of no more than the maximum ratio specified in the senior secured credit facilities for that financial covenant period. The maximum leverage ratio is the ratio of: (i) the Company’s consolidated indebtedness (excluding up to $55 million of indebtedness incurred under the Company’s receivables securitization facility and indebtedness relating to specified interest rate hedge agreements) as of the last day of a financial covenant period using the average exchange rate for the relevant prior two fiscal quarters to (ii) the Company’s consolidated EBITDA for the same financial covenant period. EBITDA is generally defined in the senior secured credit facilities as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, plus the addback of specified expenses. The senior secured credit facilities require that the Company’s maximum leverage ratio not exceed a continuously declining range from 3.75 to 1 for the financial covenant period ending nearest December 31, 2004, to 3.0 to 1 for the financial covenant periods ending nearest March 31, 2006.

 

Minimum Interest Coverage Ratio. The Company is required to maintain an interest coverage ratio for each financial covenant period of no less than the minimum ratio specified in the senior secured credit facilities for that financial covenant period. The minimum interest coverage ratio is the ratio of: (i) the Company’s consolidated EBITDA for a financial covenant period to (ii) the Company’s cash interest expense for that same financial period. The senior secured credit facilities require that the Company’s minimum interest coverage ratio not exceed a continuously increasing range from 3.25 to 1 for the financial covenant period ending nearest December 31, 2004, to 4.0 to 1 for the financial covenant periods ending nearest December 31, 2005.

 

Capital Expenditures. The senior secured credit facilities prohibit the Company from making capital expenditures during any year in an amount in excess of $122,600 in 2004 to $113,200 in 2007, although the Company can exceed the limitation in any year by the amount, if any, by which the limitation for the previous year exceeded actual capital expenditures made in that previous year.

 

Restructuring Charges. The senior secured credit facilities limit the amount of spending on restructuring and integration related activities in 2004 and 2005 to $145,000 in the aggregate.

 

In addition, the senior secured credit facilities contain covenants that restrict the Company’s ability to declare dividends and to redeem and repurchase capital stock. The senior secured credit facilities also limit the Company’s ability to incur additional liens, engage in sale-leaseback transactions and incur additional indebtedness and make investments.

 

As of December 31, 2004, the Company was in compliance with all covenants under the senior secured credit facilities.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

Indentures for the Notes

 

The indentures for the senior subordinated notes of the Company restrict the Company’s ability and the ability of its restricted subsidiaries to, among other things, incur additional indebtedness; pay dividends on, redeem or repurchase capital stock; issue or allow any person to own preferred stock of restricted subsidiaries; in the case of non-guarantor subsidiaries, guarantee indebtedness without also guaranteeing the notes; in the case of restricted subsidiaries, create or permit to exist dividend or payment restrictions with respect to the Company; make investments; incur or permit to exist liens; enter into transactions with affiliates; merge, consolidate or amalgamate with another company; and transfer or sell assets.

 

As of December 31, 2004, the Company was in compliance with all covenants under the indentures for the senior subordinated notes.

 

Cross Defaults

 

The Company’s failure to comply with the covenants in its senior secured credit facilities or its indentures for the senior subordinated notes or the Company’s inability to comply with financial ratio tests or other restrictions could result in an event of default under the indentures for the senior subordinated notes or the senior secured credit facilities. Additionally, a payment default or default that results in the acceleration of indebtedness aggregating $25,000 or more, including, without limitation, indebtedness under the senior secured credit facilities, the indentures for the senior subordinated notes and indebtedness under the Company’s receivables securitization facility and foreign lines of credit, is also an event of default under the senior secured credit facilities, the indentures for the senior subordinated notes and the indenture for Holdings’ senior discount notes. Further, specified defaults under the credit facilities and the indentures for the senior subordinated notes constitute defaults under the Company’s receivables securitization facility, some of the Company’s foreign lines of credit and the Company’s license agreements with SCJ. A default, if not cured or waived, may permit acceleration of the Company’s indebtedness or result in a termination of its license agreements.

 

Interest Rate Swaps

 

In connection with term loan B, the Company is party to seven interest rate swaps, as described in Note 13.

 

Stockholders’ Agreement

 

In connection with the acquisition of DiverseyLever, Holdings entered into a stockholders’ agreement with its stockholders–Holdco and Marga B.V., a subsidiary of Unilever N.V. The stockholders’ agreement limits Holdings’ and the Company’s ability to effect various transactions, including among others, entering into certain transactions with affiliates, issuing additional shares of capital stock or other equity or equity-related interests, incurring certain types of indebtedness and making certain investments.

 

(13) Financial Instruments

 

The Company sells its products in more than 140 countries and approximately 68% of the Company’s revenues are generated outside the U.S. The Company’s activities expose it to a variety of market risks, including the effects of changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. These financial risks are monitored and managed by the Company as an integral part of its overall risk management program.

 

The Company maintains a foreign currency risk management strategy that uses derivative instruments (foreign currency forward contracts) to protect its interests from fluctuations in earnings and cash flows caused by the volatility in currency exchange rates. Movements in foreign currency exchange rates pose a risk to the Company’s operations and competitive position, since exchange rate changes may affect the profitability and cash flow of the Company, and business and/or pricing strategies of competitors.

 

Certain of the Company’s foreign business unit sales and purchases are denominated in the customers’ or vendors’ local currency. The Company purchases foreign currency forward contracts as hedges of foreign currency denominated receivables and payables and as hedges of forecasted sales and purchases that are denominated in foreign currencies. These contracts are entered into to protect against the risk that the future dollar-net-cash inflows and outflows resulting from such sales, purchases, firm commitments or settlements will be adversely affected by changes in exchange rates.

 

At December 31, 2004 and January 2, 2004, the Company held foreign currency forward contracts with notional amounts of $370,043 and $216,644, respectively, for the purpose of hedging foreign currency denominated

 

F-19


Table of Contents

receivables and payables. Because the terms of such contracts are primarily less than three months, the Company has not elected hedge accounting treatment for these contracts. The Company records the changes in the fair value of these contracts within other (income) expense, net, in the consolidated statement of income. Total net unrealized (gains) losses recognized on foreign currency forward contracts were $2,432, $1,212 and $(949) for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004, January 2, 2004 and January 3, 2003, respectively.

 

As of December 31, 2004 and January 2, 2004, the Company was not party to any forward exchange contracts for the purpose of hedging future cash flows.

 

The Company is also party to seven interest rate swaps entered into in May 2002. The latest expiration date is May 2007. These swaps were purchased to hedge the Company’s floating interest rate exposure on term loan B (see Note 12) with a final maturity of November 2009. Under the terms of these swaps, the Company pays a fixed rate of 4.8% and receives three-month LIBOR on the notional amount of U.S. dollar swaps and three-month EURIBOR on the notional amount of Euro swaps for the life of the swaps. Unrealized gains and losses on these interest rate swaps are recognized in other comprehensive income, net of tax. The net unrealized loss included in other comprehensive income was $11,131 and $15,228 for the years ended December 31, 2004 and January 2, 2004, respectively. There was no ineffectiveness related to the interest rate swap agreements for the years ended December 31, 2004 and January 2, 2004.

 

Total realized (gains) losses on derivative instruments, which were recorded in other (income) expense, net, in the consolidated statement of income, were $3,950, $1,777 and $(4,849) for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004, January 2, 2004 and January 3, 2003.

 

(14) Restructuring Liabilities

 

During fiscal years 2002 and 2003, in connection with the acquisition of the DiverseyLever business, the Company recorded liabilities for the involuntary termination of former DiverseyLever employees and other exit costs associated with former DiverseyLever facilities (“exit plans”). The Company’s exit plans provide for the planned termination of 1,299 employees, of which 1,225 and 998 were actually terminated as of December 31, 2004 and January 2, 2004, respectively.

 

Additionally, the Company developed plans to restructure certain facilities that it owned prior to the acquisition of the DiverseyLever business (“restructuring plans”), primarily for the purpose of eliminating redundancies resulting from the acquisition of the DiverseyLever business. During fiscal years 2004 and 2003, in connection with these restructuring plans, the Company recorded liabilities for the involuntary termination of pre-acquisition employees and other restructuring costs associated with pre-acquisition facilities. During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004 and January 2, 2004, the Company recognized net liabilities of $20,404 and $14,411, respectively, for the involuntary termination of 316 and 121 additional pre-acquisition employees and $579 and $3,065, respectively, for additional other restructuring costs which were recorded as restructuring expenses in accordance with SFAS No. 146.

 

The Company’s restructuring plans provide for the planned termination of 677 pre-acquisition employees, of which 464 and 340 were actually terminated as of December 31, 2004 and January 2, 2004, respectively.

 

     Exit Plans

    Restructuring Plans

 
     Employee-
Related


    Other

    Total

    Employee-
Related


    Other

    Total

 

Liability balances as of January 3, 2003

     51,963       6,079       58,042       5,724       5,092       10,816  

Liability established in purchase accounting

     18,224       3,534       21,758       —                 —    

Liability recorded as restructuring expense

     —         —         —         14,411       3,065       17,476  

Liability reclassifications 3

     (2,908 )     2,908       —         (1,769 )     1,769       —    

Liability adjustments 2

     (7,952 )     (3,327 )     (11,279 )     (906 )     (3,651 )     (4,557 )

Cash paid 1

     (34,506 )     (5,783 )     (40,289 )     (12,287 )     (4,882 )     (17,169 )
    


 


 


 


 


 


Liability balances as of January 2, 2004

   $ 24,821     $ 3,411     $ 28,232     $ 5,173     $ 1,393     $ 6,566  

Liability recorded as restructuring expense

     —         —         —         20,404       579       20,983  

Liability reclassifications 3

     (182 )     182       —         369       (369 )     —    

Liability adjustments 2

     (2,932 )     (1,405 )     (4,337 )     (173 )     (285 )     (458 )

Cash paid 1

     (20,511 )     (1,894 )     (22,405 )     (18,576 )     (997 )     (19,573 )
    


 


 


 


 


 


Liability balances as of December 31, 2004

   $ 1,196     $ 294     $ 1,490     $ 7,197     $ 321     $ 7,518  
    


 


 


 


 


 



1 Cash paid includes the effects of foreign exchange.

 

F-20


Table of Contents
2 Liability adjustments include reductions to previously established plan obligations based on revisions to initial assumptions and removal of liabilities related to impaired long-lived assets in accordance with SFAS No. 144, which were charged to selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of income. Accordingly, all charges related to the liability adjustments were recorded in the proper period.
3 Liability reclassifications include reclassification between previously determined employee-related and other plan liabilities based on clarification of original assumptions. All charges related to the liability reclassifications were recorded in the proper period.

 

(15) Other Expense (Income), Net

 

The components of other expense (income), net in the consolidated statements of income, include the following:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended

 
     December 31, 2004

    January 2, 2004

    January 3, 2003

 

Net gain on sale of product lines

   $ (1,133 )   $ (3,372 )   $ (11,921 )

Net loss on partnership dissolution

     —         1,410       —    

Gain on acquisition-related forward contract 1

     —         —         (15,711 )

Loss on devaluation of Argentine Peso

     —         —         3,054  

Foreign currency translation loss (gain)

     1,773       (1,827 )     (1,385 )

Revaluation losses (gains) on unhedged positions and ineffective portion of hedge instruments

     1,618       (5,309 )     (1,829 )

Non-recoverable sales tax assessment related to prior years

     1,109       —         —    

Compensation for partial termination of sales agency agreement 2

     (3,645 )     (99 )     (387 )

Other, net

     656       (624 )     (491 )
    


 


 


     $ 378     $ (9,821 )   $ (28,670 )
    


 


 



1 The Company purchased forward currency contracts to hedge the Company’s exposure to the Euro in connection with the DiverseyLever acquisition. A total of €340,000 notional amount forward currency contracts were purchased in February and March of 2002. The Company received proceeds of $15,711 upon settlement of the contracts from the date of inception to May 3, 2003, the date of the DiverseyLever acquisition, when the contracts were settled. Although the Company entered into the forward contract to hedge its foreign currency exposure, U.S. GAAP prohibits accounting for the gain on the forward contract as an adjustment to the purchase price. Accordingly, the Company recognized the proceeds as a nonoperating gain in the income statement.
2 The Company and Unilever, under volume terms provided for by the sales agency agreement, terminated sales agency relationships in certain countries. The partial termination is not expected to have a significant impact on future sales agency fee income or our consolidated results of operations.

 

(16) Income Taxes

 

The income tax provision for the Company has been calculated as if the entities included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements file separately from their parent holding company, Holdings, except with respect to U.S. foreign tax credits for which no tax benefit is taken by the Company, unless such benefit is expected to be realized by Holdings.

 

As a result of the separation from SCJ in 1999, the Company and its former parent, Holdco, entered into a tax sharing agreement to allocate responsibility for taxes between SCJ and the Company. In accordance with the terms of the agreement, the Company owed SCJ approximately $1,300, of which $650 was paid in October 2002, $300 was paid in October 2003, and $350 was satisfied by offsetting other Internal Revenue Service tax audit adjustments favorable to the Company.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

The provision for income taxes for continuing operations was comprised of:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended

 
     December 31, 2004

    January 2, 2004

    January 3, 2003

 

Current:

                        

Federal

   $ 8,860     $ 10,225     $ 14,422  

State

     136       23       114  

Foreign

     22,588       18,864       8,852  

Deferred taxes

     (10,752 )     (12,373 )     (11,848 )
    


 


 


     $ 20,832     $ 16,739     $ 11,540  
    


 


 


 

A reconciliation of the difference between the statutory U.S. federal income tax to the Company’s income tax expense for continuing operations is as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended

 
     December 31, 2004

    January 2, 2004

    January 3, 2003

 

Statutory U.S. federal income tax

   $ 11,271     $ 12,161     $ 11,755  

State income taxes, net of federal benefit

     136       (538 )     (170 )

Effect of foreign operations

     (1,208 )     2,639       1,149  

Increase in valuation allowance

     1,632       2,660       —    

Foreign earnings deemed remitted

     7,993       (745 )     —    

Other

     1,008       562       (1,194 )
    


 


 


Income tax expense

   $ 20,832     $ 16,739     $ 11,540  
    


 


 


 

Deferred income taxes are recorded to reflect the tax consequences on future years of differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their financial reporting amounts at each year end.

 

The differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their financial reporting amounts that give rise to significant portions of deferred income tax liabilities or assets include the following:

 

     December 31, 2004

    January 2, 2004

 

Deferred tax assets:

                

Employee benefits

   $ 98,462     $ 105,012  

Inventories

     6,525       5,168  

Accrued expenses

     40,535       46,932  

Net operating loss carryforwards

     148,369       98,620  

Foreign tax credits

     56,070       16,709  

Other, net

     —         15,654  

Valuation allowance

     (47,821 )     (46,189 )
    


 


     $ 302,140     $ 241,906  
    


 


Deferred tax liabilities:

                

Tangible assets

   $ 35,850     $ 24,460  

Intangible assets

     108,374       100,563  

Foreign earnings deemed remitted

     22,712       3,460  

Other, net

     10,505       —    
    


 


     $ 177,441     $ 128,483  
    


 


 

The Company has foreign net operating loss carryforwards totaling $391,998 that expire as follows: fiscal 2005 – $10,325; fiscal 2006 – $10,265; fiscal 2007 – $6,371; fiscal 2008 – $7,924; fiscal 2009 – 45,294; fiscal 2010 and beyond – $101,041; and no expiration – $210,778.

 

The Company also has foreign tax credit carryforwards totaling $33,907 that expire as follows: fiscal 2006 – $103; fiscal 2009 - $649; fiscal 2010 and beyond - $27,806; and no expiration - $5,349. The Company also has U.S. federal and state net operating loss carryforwards totaling $20,908 and $311,761, respectively. The federal carryforward expires as follows: 2022 - $2,337; 2024 - $18,571. The state net operating loss carryforwards expire in various amounts over one to twenty years. Valuation allowances of $47,821 and $46,189 as of December 31, 2004 and January 2, 2004, respectively, have been provided for deferred income tax benefits related to the foreign and state loss carryforwards, U.S. capital loss carryforwards, and foreign tax credits that may not be realized. The valuation allowance at December 31, 2004, includes $4,060 related to acquired foreign loss carryforwards. Any tax benefits subsequently recognized for the acquired foreign loss carryforwards will be allocated to reduce goodwill.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

The valuation allowance at December 31, 2004 was determined in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes.” The Company’s U.S. business has incurred accounting losses in recent years. However, the Company concluded that an increase to the valuation allowance against its deferred tax asset for U.S. federal net operating loss and foreign tax credit carryforwards was not required during 2004 due to the consideration of available tax planning strategies.

 

Pretax income from foreign operations was $105,101 and $87,048, for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004 and January 2, 2004, respectively. Federal and state income taxes are provided on international subsidiary income distributed to or taxable in the U.S. during the year. As of December 31, 2004, federal and state taxes have not been provided for the repatriation of unremitted earnings of certain foreign subsidiaries, which are considered to be permanently invested. A determination of the unrecognized deferred tax liability associated with permanently reinvested foreign subsidiary earnings is not practicable.

 

On October 22, 2004, the President signed the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 (Jobs Creation Act). The Jobs Creation Act creates a temporary incentive for U.S. corporations to repatriate accumulated income earned abroad by providing an 85-percent dividends-received deduction for certain dividends from controlled foreign corporations. The deduction is subject to a number of limitations and, as of today, uncertainty remains as to how to interpret numerous provisions in the Jobs Creation Act. Based on analysis to date, the range of possible amounts being considered and the related range of tax effects cannot be reasonably estimated. The Company expects to finalize its assessment during the second or third quarter of 2005, at which time any impact will be recognized.

 

On June 10, 2004, the Company completed the sale of stock of Whitmire Micro-Gen Research Laboratories, Inc. The sale of stock resulted in a capital loss of $7,692 for tax purposes. The capital loss can be carried forward for five years and the Company has booked a full valuation allowance on this capital loss.

 

(17) Defined-Benefit Plans

 

The Company provides retirement and other defined-benefits to its employees worldwide. The retirement benefits are provided mainly through pension and other defined-benefit plans. Under the acquisition agreement with Unilever, the Company has agreed to maintain the employees’ benefit programs for DiverseyLever employees joining the Company at their current level for at least three years. Otherwise, the Company reserves the right to amend or terminate its employee benefit plans at any time.

 

Employees around the world participate in various local pension and other defined-benefit plans. These plans provide benefits that are generally based on years of credited service and a percentage of the employee’s eligible compensation, either earned throughout that service or during the final years of employment. Some smaller plans also provide long-service payments. Under the constitutions of Unilever’s plans, the Company’s plans have received transfer payments based on an equitable distribution of funds in respect of transferring employees. All shortfalls in those payments relative to the transferring liability, measured using U.S. GAAP at the time of the agreement, have been settled by a cash payment from Unilever to the Company. The Company received $2,723 and $23,184 from Unilever in settlement of the agreement during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004 and January 2, 2004, respectively.

 

Global Defined Benefit Pension Plans

 

The following table provides a summary of the changes in the Company’s plans’ benefit obligations, assets and funded status during fiscal years 2004 and 2003, and the amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets, in respect of those countries (“disclosed countries”) where the pension liabilities exceeded a certain threshold (approximately $5,000).

 

F-23


Table of Contents
     Fiscal Year Ended

 
     December 31, 2004

    January 2, 2004

 
     North
America
Plans


    Japan
Plans


    Rest of
World
Plans


    North
America
Plans


    Japan
Plans


   

Rest of

World

Plans


 

Change in benefit obligations:

                                                

Benefit obligation at beginning of period

   $ 185,922     $ 82,801     $ 310,146     $ 156,744     $ 79,754     $ 309,924  

Purchase accounting adjustment

     —         —         —         890       206       (75,540 )

Measurement date adjustment

     131       —         —         —         —         —    

Service cost

     9,267       1,722       20,557       6,389       2,717       17,540  

Interest cost

     11,949       1,627       16,675       11,419       2,024       11,944  

Plan participant contributions

     336       —         6,466       352       —         1,763  

Actuarial loss or (gain)

     23,668       846       (1,570 )     12,983       (4,322 )     3,596  

Benefits paid

     (11,524 )     (4,787 )     (11,416 )     (7,975 )     (5,709 )     (6,856 )

Gain due to exchange rate movements

     2,331       3,456       30,535       5,775       9,240       44,180  

Plan amendments

     52       —         (364 )     (655 )     208       —    

Acquisitions

     —         —         43,375       —         2,260       1,491  

Curtailments, settlements and special termination benefits

     —         —         3,398       —         (3,577 )     2,104  
    


 


 


 


 


 


Benefit obligation at end of period

   $ 222,132     $ 85,665     $ 417,802     $ 185,922     $ 82,801     $ 310,146  
    


 


 


 


 


 


Change in plan assets:

                                                

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of period

   $ 138,734     $ 37,854     $ 154,553     $ 105,226     $ 33,389     $ 150,016  

Purchase accounting adjustment

     —         —         —         1,320       —         (47,978 )

Measurement date adjustment

     (1,084 )     —         —         —         —         —    

Actual return on plan assets

     12,470       3       9,826       16,934       (125 )     9,355  

Employer contribution

     17,814       4,181       50,132       19,330       3,758       28,520  

Plan participant contributions

     336       —         6,466       352       —         1,763  

Benefits paid

     (11,524 )     (4,611 )     (9,612 )     (7,975 )     (4,583 )     (6,856 )

Gain due to exchange rate movements

     1,819       1,572       18,916       3,547       4,114       19,733  

Acquisitions

     —         —         28,308       —         1,415       —    

Settlements

     —         —         348       —         (114 )     —    
    


 


 


 


 


 


Fair value of plan assets at end of period

   $ 158,565     $ 38,999     $ 258,937     $ 138,734     $ 37,854     $ 154,553  
    


 


 


 


 


 


Net amount recognized:

                                                

Funded status

   $ (63,567 )   $ (46,667 )   $ (158,865 )   $ (47,189 )   $ (44,948 )   $ (155,592 )

Employer contributions between measurement date and year-end

     14       —         —         —         —         —    

Unrecognized net actuarial loss

     76,067       35,665       54,180       53,708       36,313       43,387  

Unrecognized prior service cost

     (282 )     (138 )     (4,735 )     (369 )     (341 )     —    

Unrecognized transition obligation

     —         961       —         —         1,181       —    
    


 


 


 


 


 


Net amount recognized

   $ 12,232     $ (10,179 )   $ (109,420 )   $ 6,150     $ (7,795 )   $ (112,205 )
    


 


 


 


 


 


Net amount recognized in consolidated balance sheets consists of:

                                                

Prepaid benefit cost

   $ 16,257     $ 2,096     $ 2,442     $ 12,023     $ —       $ 1,504  

(Accrued) benefit liability

     (4,025 )     (12,275 )     (111,862 )     (5,873 )     (7,795 )     (113,709 )

Additional minimum liability

     (64,292 )     (36,214 )     (8,181 )     (45,514 )     (37,167 )     (283 )

Intangible assets

     231       1,002       1,278       246       840       —    

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     64,061       35,212       6,903       45,268       36,327       283  
    


 


 


 


 


 


Net amount recognized

   $ 12,232     $ (10,179 )   $ (109,420 )   $ 6,150     $ (7,795 )   $ (112,205 )
    


 


 


 


 


 


 

Pension plans with accumulated benefit obligations in excess of plan assets at year end were as follows:

 

     December 31, 2004

   January 2, 2004

     North
America
Plans


   Japan
Plans


   Rest of
World
Plans


   North
America
Plans


   Japan
Plans


   Rest of
World
Plans


Projected benefit obligation

   $ 181,490    $ 85,666    $ 331,481    $ 152,350    $ 82,801    $ 240,973

Accumulated benefit obligation

     179,940      85,069      281,960      151,664      79,595      181,160

Fair value of plan assets

     125,093      38,999      186,420      109,932      37,854      105,058

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Actuarial calculations were computed using the following weighted-average rates:

 

     December 31, 2004

    January 2, 2004

 
     North
America
Plans


    Japan
Plans


    Rest of
World
Plans


    North
America
Plans


    Japan
Plans


    Rest of
World
Plans


 

Weighted-average discount rate

   5.79 %   2.00 %   4.48 %   6.25 %   2.00 %   4.81 %

Weighted-average rate of increase in future compensation levels

   4.42 %   4.00 %   2.71 %   3.57 %   4.00 %   3.01 %

Weighted-average expected long-term rate of return on plan assets

   8.75 %   2.00 %   6.42 %   8.83 %   0.00 %   6.51 %

 

The components of net periodic benefit cost for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004 and January 2, 2004, respectively, were as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended

 
     December 31, 2004

    January 2, 2004

    January 3, 2003

 
     North
America
Plans


    Japan
Plans


    Rest of
World
Plans


    North
America
Plans


    Japan
Plans


    Rest of
World
Plans


    North
America
Plans


    Japan
Plans


   

Rest of

World

Plans


 

Service cost

   $ 9,267     $ 1,722     $ 20,557     $ 6,389     $ 2,717     $ 17,540     $ 5,132     $ 2,193     $ 10,282  

Interest cost

     11,949       1,627       16,675       11,419       2,024       11,943       9,347       2,034       9,231  

Expected return on plan assets

     (12,168 )     —         (12,688 )     (10,139 )     —         (7,521 )     (8,769 )     (83 )     (7,040 )

Amortization of net loss

     2,524       2,908       718       2,331       2,541       1,514       1,459       2,111       —    

Amortization of transition obligation

     —         256       —         —         240       —         1       224       —    

Amortization of prior service cost

     (35 )     (207 )     (236 )     28       (47 )     —         33       (44 )     —    

Effect of curtailments and settlements

     —         —         —         —         1,015       —         —         —         —    
    


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Net periodic pension cost

   $ 11,537     $ 6,306     $ 25,026     $ 10,028     $ 8,490     $ 23,476     $ 7,203     $ 6,435     $ 12,473  
    


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 

The amortization of any prior service cost is determined using a straight-line amortization of the cost over the average remaining service period of employees expected to receive benefits under the plan.

 

Expected pension benefit disbursements for each of the next five years and the five succeeding years are as follows:

 

     North
America
Plans


   Japan
Plans


   Rest of
World
Plans


Year                     

2005

   $ 7,887    $ 3,896    $ 8,390

2006

     8,116      3,793      9,409

2007

     9,181      3,823      10,644

2008

     10,979      4,319      12,668

2009

     12,636      3,983      14,427

Next five years thereafter

     85,093      21,834      98,621

 

The Company also has an unfunded supplemental separation pay plan. This plan provides retirement benefits for employees formerly with SCJ who were hired before 1995. The projected benefit obligation was $7,612 and $7,131 as of December 31, 2004 and January 2, 2004, respectively, and is included in pension and other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet. The accumulated benefit obligation was $5,364 and $4,858 as of December 31, 2004 and January 2, 2004, respectively.

 

Defined Benefit Pension Plans

 

The Company uses a measurement date of October 31 for its U.S. based pension plans, and December 31 for its non-U.S. based pension plans.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

The following represents the weighted-average asset allocation by asset category for the Company’s North America, Japan and Rest of World defined benefit pension plans on December 31, 2004:

 

     North America Plans

    Japan Plans 1

    Rest of World Plans 2

 

Asset Class


   Allocation

    Target

    Allocation

    Target

    Allocation

    Target

 

Non-U.S. Equities

   14 %   14 %   0 %   0 %   23 %   32 %

U.S. Equities

   40 %   39 %   0 %   0 %   9 %   12 %

Non-U.S. Fixed Income

   7 %   7 %   2 %   2 %   33 %   36 %

U.S. Fixed Income

   32 %   33 %   2 %   2 %   1 %   4 %

Non-U.S. Real Estate

   0 %   0 %   0 %   0 %   6 %   11 %

U.S. Real Estate

   3 %   3 %   0 %   0 %   0 %   0 %

Cash and Cash Equivalents

   4 %   4 %   96 %   96 %   27 %   4 %

1 An asset allocation study will be completed in fiscal year 2005 for Japan pension plans to determine the need for a redistribution of plan assets.
2 Cash exceeded the target due to a reallocation of assets in the Switzerland pension plan.

 

Employer Contributions

 

The Company expects to contribute approximately $21,860, $4,596 and $20,073, respectively, to its North America, Japan and Rest of World defined benefit pension plans during fiscal year 2005.

 

Investment Policies & Strategies

 

A diversified strategic asset allocation that efficiently and prudently generates investment returns that will meet the objectives of the trust is developed using an asset / liability study for each trust. These studies incorporate specific plan objectives as well as long-term capital market returns and volatilities. Managers are selected to manage assets in given asset class based on their ability to provide returns at or above a passive investment in their asset class. These managers are evaluated annually on their risk adjusted returns. The actual asset allocations are monitored and adjusted toward the strategic target when appropriate. Investment guidelines have been developed and provided to the managers.

 

A number of philosophical beliefs are inherent in the allocation of assets. Over the long term, equities are expected to outperform fixed income investments. The long-term nature of the trust makes it well suited to bear the added volatility from equities in exchange for the greater long-term expected return. Accordingly, the trusts’ asset allocation usually favors a higher allocation to equities versus fixed income unless circumstances warrant otherwise.

 

Non-U.S equities serve to diversify some of the volatility of the U. S. equity market while providing comparable long-term returns. Additionally, non-U.S. equities expand the investment opportunities of the funds. In some countries, governmental or regulatory restrictions require that a certain percentage be invested in the home country’s capital markets.

 

Alternative asset classes, such as private equity and real estate may be utilized for additional diversification and return potential where appropriate. Allocation to real estate tends to be higher in Europe than the rest of the world.

 

 

Fixed income managers will be afforded the opportunity to invest in essentially all sectors of the fixed income market albeit restricted in some instances by investment guidelines to limit exposure to the more volatile security sectors.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

Long-Term Rate of Return Assumptions

 

The expected long-term rate of return assumptions were chosen from the range of likely results of compound average annual returns over a long-term time horizon. Historical returns and volatilities are modeled to determine the final asset allocations that best meet the objectives of asset/liability studies. These asset allocations, when viewed over a long-term historical view of the capital markets, yield an expected return on assets as follows:

 

     Expected
Return


 
North America       

Canada

   7.50 %

United States

   9.00 %
Japan       

Japan

   2.00 %
Rest of World       

Belgium

   7.25 %

Denmark

   6.75 %

France

   5.25 %

Germany

   5.50 %

Netherlands

   6.75 %

Switzerland

   5.75 %

United Kingdom

   7.50 %

 

(18) Other Post-Employment Benefits

 

In addition to providing pension benefits, the Company provides for a portion of healthcare, dental, vision and life insurance benefits for certain retired employees. Covered employees retiring from the Company on or after attaining age 50 who have rendered at least ten years of service to the Company are entitled to post-retirement healthcare, dental and life insurance benefits. These benefits are subject to deductibles, co-payment provisions and other limitations. Contributions made by the Company are equivalent to benefits paid. The Company may change or terminate the benefits at any time. The Company has elected to amortize the transition obligation over a 20-year period. In connection with the change in the Company’s fiscal year end to the Friday nearest December 31, the Company changed the measurement date of the post-retirement plan in fiscal year 2003 and adjusted the post-retirement expense prospectively over the balance of the fiscal year. The status of these plans, including a reconciliation of benefit obligations, a reconciliation of plan assets and the funded status of the plans follows:

 

F-27


Table of Contents
     Fiscal Year Ended

 
     December 31, 2004

    January 2, 2004

 

Change in benefit obligations:

                

Benefit obligation at beginning of period

   $ 76,687     $ 64,814  

Purchase accounting adjustment

     —         1,549  

Measurement date adjustment

     470       —    

Service cost

     3,065       2,966  

Interest cost

     4,741       4,910  

Actuarial loss

     2,495       9,064  

Benefits paid

     (3,641 )     (4,639 )

Loss due to exchange rate movements

     649       1,047  

Plan amendments

     124       (3,360 )

Acquisitions

     —         336  
    


 


Benefit obligation at end of period

   $ 84,590     $ 76,687  
    


 


Change in plan assets:

                

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of period

   $ —       $ —    

Employer contribution

     3,641       4,639  

Plan participants contribution

     736       135  

Benefits paid

     (4,377 )     (4,774 )
    


 


Fair value of plan assets at end of period

   $ —       $ —    
    


 


Net amount recognized:

                

Funded status

   $ (84,590 )   $ (76,687 )

Employer contributions between measurement date and year-end

     547       151  

Unrecognized transition obligation

     2,294       2,581  

Unrecognized net actuarial loss

     20,696       18,208  

Unrecognized prior service cost

     629       553  
    


 


Accrued benefit costs

   $ (60,424 )   $ (55,194 )
    


 


 

The accumulated post-retirement benefit obligations were determined using a weighted-average discount rate of 5.70% and 6.19% at December 31, 2004 and January 2, 2004, respectively. The components of net periodic benefit cost for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004, January 2, 2004 and January 3, 2003 were as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended

     December 31, 2004

   January 2, 2004

   January 3, 2003

Service cost

   $ 3,065    $ 2,966    $ 2,183

Interest cost

     4,741      4,910      3,992

Amortization of net loss

     531      332      380

Amortization of transition obligation

     287      722      722

Amortization of prior service cost

     48      —        —  
    

  

  

Net periodic benefit cost

   $ 8,672    $ 8,930    $ 7,277
    

  

  

 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, healthcare cost trend rates were assumed to be in a range of 3% to 4% for international plans and 10% downgrading to 5% by 2010 for domestic plans. For the fiscal year ended January 2, 2004, healthcare cost trend rates were assumed to be in a range of 2% to 3% for international plans and a range of 7% to 9% downgrading to 5% by 2008 for domestic plans. The assumed healthcare cost trend rate has a significant effect on the amounts reported for the healthcare plans. A one percentage point change on assumed healthcare cost trend rates would have the following effect for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004:

 

     One Percentage
Point Increase


   One Percentage
Point Decrease


 

Effect on total of service and interest cost components

   $ 1,218    $ (1,016 )

Effect on post-retirement benefit obligation

     15,541      (12,204 )

 

F-28


Table of Contents

The amortization of any prior service cost is determined using a straight-line amortization of the cost over the average remaining service period of employees expected to receive benefits under the plan.

 

Expected post-retirement benefits for each of the next five years and succeeding five years are as follows:

 

Year       

2005

   $ 3,542

2006

     3,849

2007

     4,159

2008

     4,470

2009

     4,843

Next five years thereafter

     29,342

 

The Company adopted FSP 106-2 “Accounting and Disclosure Requirements Related to the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003,” during the quarter ending October 1, 2004. In accordance with the proposed guidance, the Company and its actuarial advisors determined that benefits provided to certain plan participants are expected to be at least actuarially equivalent to Medicare Part D, and, accordingly, the Company was entitled to a subsidy. The expected subsidy reduced the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation at January 1, 2004 by $6,100, and net periodic benefit cost by $748 for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004. The Company did not need to amend its postretirement health care plans to qualify for the federal subsidy.

 

(19) Other Employee Benefit Plans

 

The Company has a discretionary profit-sharing plan covering certain employees. Under the plan, the Company expensed $12,334, $16,656 and $19,411 for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004, January 2, 2004 and January 3, 2003, respectively.

 

The Company has various defined contribution benefit plans which cover certain employees. Participants can make voluntary contributions in accordance with the provisions of their respective plan, which includes a 40l(k) tax-deferred option. The Company accrued $9,408 and $4,656 for matching contributions during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004 and January 2, 2004, respectively. In addition, the Company contributed $1,266 to the DiverseyLever, Inc. Retirement Plan, a defined contribution plan for former DiverseyLever employees, for the fiscal year ended January 2, 2004. On December 31, 2003 the Retirement Plan was frozen. In February 2004, the Retirement Plan assets were merged into the JohnsonDiversey, Inc. Employee’s Deferred Profit Sharing and Savings Plan, and the DiverseyLever, Inc. Retirement Plan was terminated.

 

(20) Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

The book values and estimated fair values of financial instruments are reflected below:

 

     December 31, 2004

   January 2, 2004

    

Book

Value


  

Fair

Value


  

Book

Value


  

Fair

Value


Short-term borrowings and current portion of long term debt

   $ 100,990    $ 100,990    $ 152,040    $ 152,040

Long-term borrowings

     1,244,173      1,330,200      1,338,622      1,405,910

 

The fair values of long-term borrowings were estimated using quoted market prices. Short-term borrowings, which are at current market rates, approximate fair value.

 

(21) Stock-Based Compensation

 

The Company has a Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) that provides for the right to purchase stock of Holdco for certain senior management of the Company. Prior to July 1, 2001, the Plan provided for the award of one share of restricted stock and one stock option for every four shares purchased; participants could purchase these shares in exchange for a promissory note. Shares are acquired at a formula value, which is an estimation of fair value by the Company based on overall Holdco performance. All restricted shares vest over a two-to-four year period from the grant date. Stock options have an exercise term of ten years from the date of grant. Also, employees that remain with the Company for four years after spin-off are granted debt forgiveness of at least 50% of the

 

F-29


Table of Contents

purchase price of the stock. As of June 29, 2001, 18,222 shares of restricted stock and 1,302 options were issued under the Plan. Further, the board of directors approved discretionary stock options to certain employees under the Plan. As of June 29, 2001, total discretionary stock options issued under the plan were 29,295.

 

Subsequent to June 30, 2001, the Plan was modified so that all awards granted under the Plan were stock option grants. Newly issued stock options vest over four years and have an exercise period of seven years from the date of grant. Options issued under the modified plan were 108,637, 161,712, and none for the periods ended December 31, 2004, January 2, 2004, and January 3, 2003, respectively. Further, the board of directors approved discretionary stock options to certain employees under the modified plan. Discretionary stock options issued under the Plan were 16,075, 24,725, and none for the periods ended December 31, 2004, January 2, 2004 and January 3, 2003, respectively.

 

The Company conducted an equity offering (“First Supplemental Sale”) of shares of Holdco stock to senior management and directors in November 2001. A total of 7,088 restricted shares of stock were granted in conjunction with the First Supplemental Sale at the rate of one restricted share for every two shares purchased. Participants could purchase these shares in exchange for a promissory note. The restricted shares issued were valued at the stockholder valuation date nearest the grant date and vest over four years.

 

The Company conducted an equity offering (“Second Supplemental Sale”) of shares of Holdco stock to senior management and directors in March 2003. Restricted shares of stock were granted in conjunction with the Second Supplemental Sale at the rate of three restricted shares for every five shares purchased. Restricted shares issued under the Second Supplemental Sale were 8,496 for the fiscal year ended January 2, 2004. No loans were offered in association with the Second Supplemental Sale. The restricted shares issued were valued at the stockholder valuation date nearest the grant date and vest over two years.

 

Compensation expense recorded by the Company related to restricted stock and debt forgiveness was $1,941, $1,499 and $1,865 for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004, January 2, 2004 and January 3, 2003, respectively.

 

A summary of stock option activity and average exercise price is as follows:

 

     Number of Shares

    Weighted- Average
Exercise Price


Shares under option at December 28, 2001

   126,556     $ 112.74

Options granted

   —         —  

Options lapsed or surrendered

   —         —  

Options exercised

   (1,814 )     83.52
    

     

Shares under option at January 3, 2003

   124,742       113.17

Options granted

   186,437       111.22

Options lapsed or surrendered

   (4,748 )     121.92

Options exercised

   (2,326 )     84.79
    

     

Shares under option at January 2, 2004

   304,105       112.05

Options granted

   124,712       136.61

Options lapsed or surrendered

   (13,800 )     118.61

Options exercised

   (5,968 )     107.13
    

     

Shares under option at December 31, 2004

   409,049     $ 119.39
    

     

 

F-30


Table of Contents

Information related to stock options outstanding and stock options exercisable as of December 31, 2004, is as follows:

 

Weighted-Average

Price Range (1)


  

Number of Shares


  

Weighted-Average

Remaining

Contractual

Life (in Years)


  

Outstanding


  

Exercisable


  

$        82.63

   34,619    34,619    5

          114.16

   35,692    35,692    6

          136.05

   44,547    330    4

          106.93

   80,291    450    5

          115.07

   91,242    450    6

          120.85

   1,200    —      7

          136.79

   118,958    500    7

          135.61

   2,500    —      7
    
  
    
     409,049    72,041     
    
  
    

(1) Outstanding and exercisable.

 

Exercisable options held by employees at December 31, 2004 were 72,041. The weighted-average exercise price for options exercisable at December 31, 2004 was $99.23.

 

(22) Lease Commitments

 

The Company leases certain plant, office and warehouse space as well as machinery, vehicles, data processing and other equipment under long-term, noncancelable operating leases. Certain of the leases have renewal options at reduced rates and provisions requiring us to pay maintenance, property taxes and insurance. Generally, all rental payments are fixed. The Company’s assets and obligations under capital lease arrangements are not significant. At December 31, 2004, the future payments for all operating leases with remaining lease terms in excess of one year, and excluding maintenance, taxes and insurance, in each of the next five fiscal years and thereafter were as follows:

 

Year       

2005

     66,766

2006

     56,825

2007

     47,888

2008

     14,549

2009

     12,486

Thereafter

     42,547
    

     $ 241,061
    

 

Total rent expense under all leases was $79,868, $64,666 and $44,527 for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004, January 2, 2004 and January 3, 2003, respectively.

 

(23) Related-Party Transactions

 

The Company purchases certain raw materials and products from SCJ, which, like the Company, is majority-owned by the descendants of Samuel Curtis Johnson. Total inventory purchased from SCJ was $29,227, $26,981 and $31,340 for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004, January 2, 2004 and January 3, 2003, respectively.

 

SCJ also provides certain administrative, business support and general services, including shared facility services to the Company. In addition, the Company leases certain facilities from SCJ. Charges for these services and leases totaled $18,592, $33,398 and $35,523 for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004, January 2, 2004 and January 3, 2003, respectively. Of these amounts $0, $11,470 and $10,836 for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004, January 2, 2004 and January 3, 2003, respectively, represent amounts paid to reimburse SCJ for payroll, benefit and other costs paid by SCJ on behalf of the Company.

 

The Company licenses the use of certain trade names, housemarks and brand names from SCJ. Payments to SCJ under the license agreements governing the names and marks totaled $4,473, $4,083 and $2,649 for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004, January 2, 2004 and January 3, 2003, respectively.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

SCJ purchases certain raw materials and products from the Company. Total inventory purchased by SCJ from the Company was $22,777, $23,946 and $24,709 for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004 and January 2, 2004, and January 3, 2003, respectively.

 

The Company has a banking relationship with the Johnson Financial Group, which is majority-owned by the descendants of Samuel Curtis Johnson. Service fees paid to the Johnson Financial Group totaled $167, $104 and $45, for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004, January 2, 2004 and January 3, 2003, respectively.

 

The Company leases its North American headquarters building from Willow Holdings, Inc., which is controlled by the descendants of Samuel Curtis Johnson. The Company’s operating lease costs were $812, $766 and $301 for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004, January 2, 2004 and January 3, 2003, respectively.

 

Several of the Company’s employees are indebted to the Company in connection with their purchases of shares of class C common stock of Holdco (see Note 25). These loans were outstanding in the amount of $341 and $1,687, net of the forgiven portion, as of December 31, 2004 and January 2, 2004, respectively.

 

On May 3, 2002, in connection with the acquisition of the DiverseyLever business from Unilever, the Company entered into a sales agency agreement, a transitional services agreement and a dispensed products license agreement with Unilever. The sales agency agreement terminates on May 2, 2007. Payments from Unilever under the sales agency agreement totaled $88,870, $86,808 and $54,286, for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004, January 2, 2004 and January 3, 2003, respectively.

 

Under the dispensed products license agreement, Unilever has granted the Company a license to use certain intellectual property relating to the products the Company sells for use in certain personal care product dispensing systems. The dispensed products license agreement expires on May 2, 2007, and automatically renews for successive one-year periods unless terminated by either party under certain circumstances. Payments to Unilever under the dispensed products license agreement totaled $756, $959 and $336, for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004, January 2, 2004 and January 3, 2003, respectively.

 

Under the transitional services agreement, Unilever provides the Company with a wide range of support services that are intended to ensure the smooth transition of the DiverseyLever business from Unilever to the Company. Unilever will provide most services for no more than 24 months. Under the transitional services agreement, Unilever provided most services until May 2, 2003. Accordingly, most of the services under the transitional services agreement have been terminated. Payments to Unilever under the transitional services agreement totaled $1,906, $9,548 and $12,219, for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004, January 2, 2004 and January 3, 2003, respectively.

 

During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004, January 2, 2004 and January 3, 2003, the Company reimbursed Unilever $722, $5,028 and $2,842, respectively, for payroll and benefit-related costs paid by Unilever on behalf of the Company.

 

The Company purchases certain raw materials and products from Unilever, acts as a co-packer for Unilever and also sells certain finished goods to Unilever as a customer. Total purchases of inventory by the Company from Unilever were $55,446, $67,751 and $40,185, respectively, for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004, January 2, 2004 and January 3,2003. Total sales of finished product by the Company to Unilever were $39,437, $43,565 and $16,915, for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004, January 2, 2004 and January 3, 2003, respectively.

 

The Company recognized interest income of $3,536, $5,290 and $1,452 for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004, January 2, 2004 and January 3, 2003, respectively, related to certain long-term acquisition related receivables from Unilever. The Company received $136 and $925 during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004 and January 2, 2004, respectively, in partial settlement of the interest due.

 

In December 2004, the Company acquired an office and manufacturing facility in Argentina from Unilever for $500 in cash and a short term payable of $500.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

Related-party receivables and payables at December 31, 2004 and January 2, 2004 consist of the following:

 

     December 31, 2004

   January 2, 2004

Included in accounts receivable – related parties:

             

Receivable from Holdco

   $ 4,213    $ 2,137

Receivable from Holdings

     428      1,439

Receivable from SCJ

     1,644      2,365

Receivable from Unilever

     25,291      22,544

Short-term acquisition-related receivable from Unilever

     —        480

Long-term acquisition-related receivable from Unilever

     96,269      87,663

Included in accounts payable – related parties:

             

Payable to SCJ

     4,016      3,929

Payable to Unilever

     61,010      58,247

Payable to other related parties

     —        170

Short-term acquisition-related payable to Unilever

     283      —  

Long-term acquisition-related payables to Unilever

     28,176      27,790

Long-term payable to other related parties

     519      519

Included in equity:

             

Notes receivable from employees

     341      1,687

 

(24) Other Comprehensive Income

 

Components of accumulated other comprehensive income are disclosed, net of tax, in the consolidated statements of stockholders’ equity. The following table reflects the gross other comprehensive income and related income tax (expense) benefit.

 

     Fiscal Year Ended

 
     December 31, 2004

    January 2, 2004

 
     Gross

    Tax

    Net

    Gross

    Tax

    Net

 

Foreign Currency translation adjustments:

                                                

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 205,311     $ 4,546     $ 209,857     $ 64,808     $ —       $ 64,808  

Foreign Currency translation adjustments

     73,122       (12,154 )     60,968       140,503       4,546       145,049  
    


 


 


 


 


 


Balance at end of year

     278,433       (7,608 )     270,825       205,311       4,546       209,857  

Adjustments to minimum pension liability:

                                                

Balance at beginning of year

     (81,873 )     32,645       (49,228 )     (76,797 )     30,764       (46,033 )

Adjustments to minimum pension liability

     (24,303 )     6,818       (17,485 )     (5,076 )     1,881       (3,195 )
    


 


 


 


 


 


Balance at end of year

     (106,176 )     39,463       (66,713 )     (81,873 )     32,645       (49,228 )

Unrealized gains (losses) on derivatives:

                                                

Balance at beginning of year

     (23,328 )     8,100       (15,228 )     (26,172 )     8,659       (17,513 )

Gains (losses) in fair value of derivatives

     6,950       (2,853 )     4,097       1,264       (559 )     705  

Reclassification of prior unrealized gains realized in net income

     —         —         —         1,580       —         1,580  
    


 


 


 


 


 


Balance at end of year

     (16,378 )     5,247       (11,131 )     (23,328 )     8,100       (15,228 )
    


 


 


 


 


 


Total accumulated other comprehensive income, net

   $ 155,879     $ 37,102     $ 192,981     $ 100,110     $ 45,291     $ 145,401  
    


 


 


 


 


 


 

(25) Stockholders’ Equity

 

In connection with the acquisition of the DiverseyLever business, Holdings made cash ($385,782) and noncash ($201,900) capital contributions to the Company during fiscal year 2002, which were recorded as additional paid-in capital.

 

The Class A 8% Cumulative Preferred Stock and the Class B 8% Cumulative Preferred Stock of the Company were both redeemed by the Company at par value on June 3, 2002 for $50. Holdings, the holder of the preferred stock, contributed the proceeds back to the Company. This amount is in addition to the equity contributions discussed above.

 

During calendar years 1999 and 2000, the Company received notes from several of its executive officers in connection with their purchases of shares of Class C common stock of Holdco, which currently owns two-thirds of the equity interests of Holdings, the Company’s parent. A minimum of 50% of the balance due on the notes was forgiven over a four-year vesting period. The notes were recorded by Holdco with an increase to equity and the Company recorded a charge for the amortization of the amount to be forgiven over the vesting period, with a corresponding payable to Holdco.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

(26) Contingencies

 

The Company is subject to various legal actions and proceedings in the normal course of business. Although litigation is subject to many uncertainties and the ultimate exposure with respect to these matters cannot be ascertained, the Company does not believe the final outcome of any current litigation will have a material effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

The Company has purchase commitments for materials, supplies, and property, plant and equipment incidental to the ordinary conduct of business. In the aggregate, such commitments are not in excess of current market prices. Additionally, the Company normally commits to some level of marketing related expenditures that extend beyond the fiscal year. These marketing expenses are necessary in order to maintain a normal course of business and the risk associated with them is limited. It is not expected that these commitments will have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

The Company maintains environmental reserves for remediation, monitoring, assessment and other expenses at one of its domestic facilities. While the ultimate exposure at this site continues to be evaluated, the Company does not anticipate a material effect on its consolidated financial position or results of operations.

 

In connection with the acquisition of the DiverseyLever business, the Company conducted environmental assessments and investigations at DiverseyLever facilities in various countries. These investigations disclosed the likelihood of soil and/or groundwater contamination, or potential environmental regulatory matters. The Company continues to evaluate the nature and extent of the identified contamination and is preparing plans to address the contamination. An estimate of costs has been made based on the expected extent of contamination and the expected likelihood of recovery for some of these costs from Unilever under the purchase agreement. Based on the estimate process, the Company recorded a liability of $10,100 during fiscal year 2002 and increased the liability to $11,800 during fiscal year 2003. There were no adjustments to the liability during fiscal year 2004. To the extent that contamination is determined to be in violation of local environmental laws, the Company intends to seek recovery from Unilever under indemnification clauses contained in the purchase agreement.

 

In connection with the acquisition of DiverseyLever, Holdings entered into a stockholders’ agreement with its stockholders, Holdco and Marga B.V. Under the stockholders’ agreement, at any time after May 3, 2007, Holdings has the option to purchase, and Unilever has the right to require Holdings to purchase, the shares of Holdings then beneficially owned by Unilever. If, after May 3, 2010, Holdings is unable to fulfill its obligations in connection with the put option, Unilever may require Holdings to take certain actions, including selling certain assets of the Company.

 

Under the stockholders’ agreement, Holdings may be required to make payments to Unilever in each year from 2007 through 2010 so long as Unilever continues to beneficially own 5% or more of Holdings’ outstanding shares. The amount of each payment will be equal to 25% of the amount by which the cumulative cash flows of Holdings and its subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, for the period from the closing of the acquisition through the end of the fiscal year preceding the payment (not including any cash flow with respect to which Unilever received payment in a prior year), exceeds $727,500 in 2006, $975,000 in 2007, $1,200,000 in 2008 or $1,425,000 in 2009. The aggregate amount of these payments cannot exceed $100,000. Payment of these amounts, which may be funded with cash flows generated by the Company, is subject to compliance with the agreements relating to Holdings and the Company’s senior indebtedness including, without limitation, the senior secured credit facilities, the senior subordinated notes and the Senior Discount Notes of Holdings.

 

(27) Segment Information

 

Information regarding the Company’s operating segments is shown below. Each segment is individually managed with separate operating results that are reviewed regularly by the executive management. Each segment’s accounting policies are consistent with those used by the Company. The operating segments are:

 

Professional–The Professional Business is a global manufacturer of commercial, industrial and institutional cleaning and sanitation products. In addition, the Professional Business provides services to customers including pest control, facility maintenance, and warewashing.

 

Polymer–The Polymer Business is a global manufacturer of polymer intermediates marketed to the printing and packaging, coatings, and plastics industries. The Polymer Business sells products to the Professional Business, all of which are eliminated in consolidation.

 

The following table represents operating segment information. Income Statement measures, except depreciation and amortization, include results from continuing operations only.

 

F-34


Table of Contents
     Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2004

     Professional

   Polymer

   Eliminations/
Other


    Total Company

Net sales

   $ 2,861,463    $ 328,378    $ (20,543 )   $ 3,169,298

Operating profit

     117,898      33,399      —         151,297

Depreciation and amortization

     184,396      9,873      —         194,269

Interest expense

     125,323      598      (1,216 )     124,705

Interest income

     6,234      1,255      (1,216 )     6,273

Total assets

     3,530,940      238,404      (157,918 )     3,611,426

Goodwill, net

     1,251,623      2,115      —         1,253,738

Capital expenditures, including capitalized computer software

     124,898      4,904      —         129,802
     Fiscal Year Ended January 2, 2004

     Professional

   Polymer

  

Eliminations/

Other


    Total Company

Net sales

   $ 2,636,481    $ 285,101    $ (18,612 )   $ 2,902,970

Operating profit

     112,595      36,928      —         149,523

Depreciation and amortization

     150,364      9,099      —         159,463

Interest expense

     131,337      752      (717 )     131,372

Interest income

     6,750      1,002      (717 )     7,035

Total assets

     3,593,605      208,288      (136,566 )     3,665,327

Goodwill, net

     1,223,316      743      —         1,224,059

Capital expenditures, including capitalized computer software

     130,684      4,469      —         135,153
     Fiscal Year Ended January 3, 2003

     Professional

   Polymer

  

Eliminations/

Other


    Total Company

Net sales

   $ 1,902,995    $ 263,489    $ (18,552 )   $ 2,147,932

Operating profit

     58,554      30,664      —         89,218

Depreciation and amortization

     100,952      8,396      —         109,348

Interest expense

     90,689      1,094      (1,347 )     90,436

Interest income

     6,513      652      (1,347 )     5,818

Total assets

     3,310,163      174,843      (101,621 )     3,383,385

Goodwill, net

     1,131,789      540      —         1,132,329

Capital expenditures, including capitalized computer software

     103,608      8,278      —         111,886

 

F-35


Table of Contents

Pertinent financial data by geographical location is as follows:

 

     North America

   Europe

   Japan

   Americas

   Asia Pacific

  

Eliminations/

Other


   

Total

Company


Net sales:

                                               

Fiscal year ended December 31, 2004

   $ 1,008,231    $ 1,534,919    $ 348,747    $ 139,346    $ 194,447    $ (56,392 )   3,169,298

Fiscal year ended January 2, 2004

     993,700      1,378,453      278,616      128,253      170,711      (46,763 )   2,902,970

Fiscal year ended January 3, 2003

     845,628      862,102      239,303      103,875      127,503      (30,479 )   2,147,932

Long-lived assets:

                                               

December 31, 2004

     627,739      1,334,094      200,513      98,624      86,202      —       2,347,172

January 2, 2004

     710,652      1,269,261      195,083      91,987      84,703      —       2,351,686

 

(28) Subsidiary Guarantors of Senior Subordinated Notes

 

The Senior Subordinated Notes are guaranteed by certain of the Company’s wholly owned subsidiaries (the “Guarantor Subsidiaries”). Such guarantees are full and unconditional, to the extent allowed by law, and joint and several. Separate financial statements of the Guarantor Subsidiaries are not presented because the guarantors are unconditionally, jointly, and severally liable under the guarantees, and we believe such separate statements or disclosures would not be useful to investors. The following supplemental financial information sets forth, on an unconsolidated basis, statements of income, balance sheets and statements of cash flows information for the Company (“Parent Company”), for the Guarantor Subsidiaries and for the Company’s non-guarantor subsidiaries (the “Non-guarantor Subsidiaries”), each of which were determined on a combined basis with the exception of eliminating investments in combined subsidiaries and certain reclassifications, which are eliminated at the consolidated level. The supplemental financial information reflects the investments of the Company in the Guarantor Subsidiaries and Non-guarantor Subsidiaries using the equity method of accounting.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

Condensed consolidating statement of operations for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004:

 

 
    

Parent

Company


   

Guarantor

Subsidiaries


   

Non-

guarantor

Subsidiaries


   

Consolidating

Adjustments


    Consolidated

 

Net product and service sales

   $ 630,206     $ 325,299     $ 2,266,653     $ (141,730 )   $ 3,080,428  

Sales agency fee income

     5,293       102       83,475       —         88,870  
    


 


 


 


 


       635,499       325,401       2,350,128       (141,730 )     3,169,298  

Cost of sales

     358,236       229,450       1,365,269       (135,070 )     1,817,885  
    


 


 


 


 


Gross profit

     277,263       95,951       984,859       (6,660 )     1,351,413  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     327,756       52,118       724,434       —         1,104,308  

Research and development expenses

     34,099       8,302       32,882       —         75,283  

Restructuring expense

     9,851       —         10,674       —         20,525  
    


 


 


 


 


Operating profit

     (94,443 )     35,531       216,869       (6,660 )     151,297  
    


 


 


 


 


Other expense (income):

                                        

Interest expense

     110,685       2,269       104,218       (92,467 )     124,705  

Interest income

     (34,844 )     (55,228 )     (8,668 )     92,467       (6,273 )

Other (income) expense, net

     (149,413 )     (2,329 )     (713 )     152,833       378  
    


 


 


 


 


Income before taxes

     (20,871 )     90,819       122,032       (159,493 )     32,487  

Provision for income taxes

     (34,537 )     18,890       36,479       —         20,832  
    


 


 


 


 


Income (loss) before minority interests

     13,666       71,929       85,553       (159,493 )     11,655  

Minority interests in net income of subsidiaries

     —         —         285       —         285  
    


 


 


 


 


Income (loss) from continuing operations

     13,666       71,929       85,268       (159,493 )     11,370  

Income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

     —         2,296       —         —         2,296  
    


 


 


 


 


Net income (loss)

   $ 13,666     $ 74,225     $ 85,268     $ (159,493 )   $ 13,666  
    


 


 


 


 


Condensed consolidating statement of operations for the fiscal year ended January 2, 2004:

 

 

    

Parent

Company


   

Guarantor

Subsidiaries


   

Non-

guarantor

Subsidiaries


   

Consolidating

Adjustments


    Consolidated

 

Net product and service sales

   $ 637,276     $ 317,080     $ 2,004,010     $ (142,204 )   $ 2,816,162  

Sales agency fee income

     7,139       116       79,553       —         86,808  
    


 


 


 


 


       644,415       317,196       2,083,563       (142,204 )     2,902,970  

Cost of sales

     352,455       205,446       1,187,010       (142,196 )     1,602,715  
    


 


 


 


 


Gross profit

     291,960       111,750       896,553       (8 )     1,300,255  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     316,710       73,028       675,277       —         1,065,015  

Research and development expenses

     28,437       9,602       34,759       —         72,798  

Restructuring expense

     1,089       —         11,830       —         12,919  
    


 


 


 


 


Operating profit

     (54,276 )     29,120       174,687       (8 )     149,523  
    


 


 


 


 


Other expense (income):

                                        

Interest expense

     115,601       935       100,272       (85,436 )     131,372  

Interest income

     (31,026 )     (55,180 )     (6,265 )     85,436       (7,035 )

Other (income) expense, net

     (132,003 )     (4,541 )     (8,389 )     135,112       (9,821 )
    


 


 


 


 


Income before taxes

     (6,848 )     87,906       89,069       (135,120 )     35,007  

Provision for income taxes

     (30,989 )     19,251       28,477       —         16,739  
    


 


 


 


 


Income (loss) before minority interests

     24,141       68,655       60,592       (135,120 )     18,268  

Minority interests in net income of subsidiaries

     —         —         262       —         262  
    


 


 


 


 


Income (loss) from continuing operations

     24,141       68,655       60,330       (135,120 )     18,006  

Income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

     —         6,135       —         —         6,135  
    


 


 


 


 


Net income (loss)

   $ 24,141     $ 74,790     $ 60,330     $ (135,120 )   $ 24,141  
    


 


 


 


 


Condensed consolidating statement of operations for the fiscal year ended January 3, 2003:

 

 

    

Parent

Company


   

Guarantor

Subsidiaries


   

Non-

guarantor

Subsidiaries


   

Consolidating

Adjustments


    Consolidated

 

Net product and service sales

   $ 505,604     $ 318,208     $ 1,345,797     $ (75,963 )   $ 2,093,646  

Sales agency fee income

     4,947       109       49,230       —         54,286  
    


 


 


 


 


       510,551       318,317       1,395,027       (75,963 )     2,147,932  

Cost of sales

     274,413       196,642       788,198       (75,963 )     1,183,290  
    


 


 


 


 


Gross profit

     236,138       121,675       606,829       —         964,642  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     227,835       77,779       493,936       (5,905 )     793,645  

Research and development expenses

     17,020       10,183       34,930       —         62,133  

Restructuring expense

     8,794       —         10,852       —         19,646  
    


 


 


 


 


Operating profit

     (17,511 )     33,713       67,111       5,905       89,218  
    


 


 


 


 


Other expense (income):

                                        

Interest expense

     76,674       2,728       66,140       (55,106 )     90,436  

Interest income

     (21,143 )     (35,970 )     (3,811 )     55,106       (5,818 )

Other (income) expense, net

     (92,870 )     (9,485 )     (10,390 )     84,075       (28,670 )
    


 


 


 


 


Income before taxes

     19,828       76,440       15,172       (78,170 )     33,270  

Provision for income taxes

     (9,740 )     19,046       2,234       —         11,540  
    


 


 


 


 


Income (loss) before minority interests

     29,568       57,394       12,938       (78,170 )     21,730  

Minority interests in net loss of subsidiaries

     —         —         (315 )     —         (315 )
    


 


 


 


 


Income (loss) from continuing operations

     29,568       57,394       13,253       (78,170 )     22,045  

Income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

     —         7,523       —         —         7,523  
    


 


 


 


 


Net income (loss)

   $ 29,568     $ 64,917     $ 13,253     $ (78,170 )   $ 29,568  
    


 


 


 


 


 

F-37


Table of Contents

Condensed consolidating balance sheet at December 31, 2004:

 

    

Parent

Company


  

Guarantor

Subsidiaries


  

Non-

guarantor

Subsidiaries


  

Consolidating

Adjustments


    Consolidated

Assets                                    

Current assets:

                                   

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 810    $ 646    $ 26,588    $ —       $ 28,044

Accounts receivable

     13,139      3,586      539,520      —         556,245

Intercompany receivables

     264,447      410,968      42,138      (717,553 )     —  

Inventories

     39,194      24,189      218,458      (89 )     281,752

Other current assets

     34,172      7,375      95,301      —         136,848
    

  

  

  


 

Total current assets

     351,762      446,764      922,005      (717,642 )     1,002,889

Property, plant and equipment, net

     130,179      32,100      411,308      (6,626 )     566,961

Capitalized software, net

     98,939      2,825      10,465      —         112,229

Goodwill and other intangibles, net

     123,267      170,233      1,343,353      25,318       1,662,171

Deferred income taxes

     100,241      —        —        —         100,241

Intercompany advances

     520,031      531,821      27,751      (1,079,603 )     —  

Other assets

     133,792      1,620      31,523      —         166,935

Investments in subsidiaries

     1,630,140      60,714      —        (1,690,854 )     —  
    

  

  

  


 

Total assets

   $ 3,088,351    $ 1,246,077    $ 2,746,405    $ (3,469,407 )   $ 3,611,426
    

  

  

  


 

Liabilities and stockholders’ equity                                    

Current liabilities:

                                   

Short-term borrowings

   $ 39,300    $ —      $ 53,404    $ —       $ 92,704

Current portion of long-term debt

     3,959      —        4,327      —         8,286

Accounts payable

     70,866      18,626      340,376      —         429,868

Intercompany payables

     689,132      6,430      23,678      (719,240 )     —  

Accrued expenses

     150,386      16,564      256,986      (14,588 )     409,348
    

  

  

  


 

Total current liabilities

     953,643      41,620      678,771      (733,828 )     940,206

Intercompany note payable

     —        170,558      909,044      (1,079,602 )     —  

Long-term borrowings

     987,038      —        257,135      —         1,244,173

Other liabilities

     101,845      45,668      227,729      5,980       381,222
    

  

  

  


 

Total liabilities

     2,042,526      257,846      2,072,679      (1,807,450 )     2,565,601

Stockholders’ equity

     1,045,825      988,231      673,726      (1,661,957 )     1,045,825
    

  

  

  


 

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 3,088,351    $ 1,246,077    $ 2,746,405    $ (3,469,407 )   $ 3,611,426
    

  

  

  


 

 

F-38


Table of Contents

Condensed consolidating balance sheet at January 2, 2004:

 

    

Parent

Company


  

Guarantor

Subsidiaries


  

Non-

guarantor

Subsidiaries


  

Consolidating

Adjustments


    Consolidated

Assets                                    

Current assets:

                                   

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ —      $ 1,187    $ 23,356    $ —       $ 24,543

Accounts receivable

     14,670      10,947      622,339      —         647,956

Intercompany receivables

     192,040      355,876      31,216      (579,132 )     —  

Inventories

     34,232      29,526      199,695      (56 )     263,397

Other current assets

     31,909      7,555      81,004      (2,375 )     118,093
    

  

  

  


 

Total current assets

     272,851      405,091      957,610      (581,563 )     1,053,989

Property, plant and equipment, net

     153,734      47,016      394,733      —         595,483

Capitalized software, net

     93,857      3,856      10,234      —         107,947

Goodwill and other intangibles, net

     131,010      199,848      1,291,808      20,015       1,642,681

Deferred income taxes

     80,503      —        12,755      —         93,258

Intercompany advances

     439,591      586,976      33,033      (1,059,600 )     —  

Other assets

     141,468      1,794      28,709      (2 )     171,969

Investments in subsidiaries

     1,591,819      35,978      —        (1,627,797 )     —  
    

  

  

  


 

Total assets

   $ 2,904,833    $ 1,280,559    $ 2,728,882    $ (3,248,947 )   $ 3,665,327
    

  

  

  


 

Liabilities and stockholders’ equity                                    

Current liabilities:

                                   

Short-term borrowings

   $ —      $ —      $ 124,228    $ —       $ 124,228

Current portion of long-term debt

     21,810      —        6,002      —         27,812

Accounts payable

     60,043      19,556      280,949      —         360,548

Intercompany payables

     473,782      10,587      95,404      (579,773 )     —  

Accrued expenses

     163,050      24,287      256,944      (8,507 )     435,774
    

  

  

  


 

Total current liabilities

     718,685      54,430      763,527      (588,280 )     948,362

Intercompany note payable

     —        167,757      891,845      (1,059,602 )     —  

Long-term borrowings

     1,070,262      —        268,360      —         1,338,622

Other liabilities

     120,991      34,642      226,909      906       383,448
    

  

  

  


 

Total liabilities

     1,909,938      256,829      2,150,641      (1,646,976 )     2,670,432

Stockholders’ equity

     994,895      1,023,730      578,241      (1,601,971 )     994,895
    

  

  

  


 

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 2,904,833    $ 1,280,559    $ 2,728,882    $ (3,248,947 )   $ 3,665,327
    

  

  

  


 

 

F-39


Table of Contents

Condensed consolidating statement of cash flows for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004:

 

 
     Parent
Company


    Guarantor
Subsidiaries


   

Non-

guarantor
Subsidiaries


    Consolidating
Adjustments


    Consolidated

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

   $ (74,822 )   $ 77,655     $ 193,015     $ 2,928     $ 198,776  

Cash flows from investing activities:

                                        

Capital expenditures, net

     (64,757 )     1,863       (54,880 )     —         (117,774 )

Acquisitions of businesses

     33,439       (21,129 )     2,453       (18,731 )     (3,968 )

Proceeds from divestitures

     —         48,423       —         —         48,423  
    


 


 


 


 


Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     (31,318 )     29,157       (52,427 )     (18,731 )     (73,319 )
    


 


 


 


 


Cash flows from financing activities:

                                        

Proceeds from (repayments of) short-term borrowings

     298,418       (91 )     (37,762 )     (199,879 )     60,686  

Proceeds from (repayments of) long-term borrowings

     (112,340 )     3,625       (84,816 )     39,690       (153,841 )

Proceeds from (repayments of) additional paid in capital

     (78,631 )     (80,587 )     52,945       106,273       —    

Payment of debt issuance costs

     9,644       —         (10,981 )     —         (1,337 )

Dividends paid

     (14,888 )     (63,051 )     (6,711 )     69,719       (14,931 )
    


 


 


 


 


Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     102,203       (140,104 )     (87,325 )     15,803       (109,423 )
    


 


 


 


 


Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     4,747       32,751       (50,031 )     —         (12,533 )
    


 


 


 


 


Change in cash and cash equivalents

     810       (541 )     3,232       —         3,501  

Beginning balance

     —         1,187       23,356       —         24,543  
    


 


 


 


 


Ending balance

   $ 810     $ 646     $ 26,588     $ —       $ 28,044  
    


 


 


 


 


 

Condensed consolidating statement of cash flows for the fiscal year ended January 2, 2004:

 

 

     Parent
Company


    Guarantor
Subsidiaries


   

Non-

guarantor
Subsidiaries


    Consolidating
Adjustments


    Consolidated

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

   $ 210,764     $ (110,305 )   $ 189,356     $ (14,137 )   $ 275,678  

Cash flows from investing activities:

                                        

Capital expenditures, net

     (60,514 )     (797 )     (56,896 )     —         (118,207 )

Acquisitions of businesses

     40,427       7,108       (48,381 )     (20,776 )     (21,622 )

Proceeds from divestitures

     2,830       —         2,211       —         5,041  
    


 


 


 


 


Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     (17,257 )     6,311       (103,066 )     (20,776 )     (134,788 )
    


 


 


 


 


Cash flows from financing activities:

                                        

Proceeds from (repayments of) short-term borrowings

     62,957       (124 )     (58,902 )     (57,204 )     (53,273 )

Proceeds from (repayments of) long-term borrowings

     (240,578 )     164,889       50,887       (115,837 )     (140,639 )

Proceeds from (repayments of) additional paid in capital

     (60,871 )     (73,009 )     9,054       124,826       —    

Payment of debt issuance costs

     (1,491 )     —         (327 )     —         (1,818 )

Dividends paid

     (7,856 )     (78,644 )     (4,506 )     83,128       (7,878 )
    


 


 


 


 


Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     (247,839 )     13,112       (3,794 )     34,913       (203,608 )
    


 


 


 


 


Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     50,031       85,787       (107,829 )     —         27,989  
    


 


 


 


 


Change in cash and cash equivalents

     (4,301 )     (5,095 )     (25,333 )     —         (34,729 )

Beginning balance

     4,301       6,282       48,689       —         59,272  
    


 


 


 


 


Ending balance

   $ —       $ 1,187     $ 23,356     $ —       $ 24,543  
    


 


 


 


 


 

Condensed consolidating condensed statement of cash flows for the fiscal year ended January 3, 2003:

 

 

     Parent
Company


    Guarantor
Subsidiaries


   

Non-

guarantor
Subsidiaries


    Consolidating
Adjustments


    Consolidated

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

   $ (239,031 )   $ (508,012 )   $ 123,419     $ 854,644     $ 231,020  

Cash flows from investing activities:

                                        

Capital expenditures, net

     (30,427 )     (12,703 )     (47,935 )     —         (91,065 )

Acquisitions of businesses

     (1,614,178 )     (132,693 )     (1,080,856 )     1,450,278       (1,377,449 )
    


 


 


 


 


Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     (1,644,605 )     (145,396 )     (1,128,791 )     1,450,278       (1,468,514 )
    


 


 


 


 


Cash flows from financing activities:

                                        

Proceeds from (repayments of) short-term borrowings

     67,020       3,199       112,787       (151,103 )     31,903  

Proceeds from (repayments of) long-term borrowings

     937,527       2,868       881,464       (792,706 )     1,029,153  

Increase (decrease) in intercompany payables/ receivables

     (53,556 )     2,200       51,356       —         —    

Proceeds from (repayments of) additional paid in capital

     1,016,425       647,490       135,060       (1,413,193 )     385,782  

Retirement of preferred shares

     (50 )     —         —         —         (50 )

Payment of debt issuance costs

     (63,111 )     —         (5,764 )     —         (68,875 )

Dividends paid

     (17,038 )     (45,925 )     (6,329 )     52,254       (17,038 )
    


 


 


 


 


Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     1,887,217       609,832       1,168,574       (2,304,748 )     1,360,875  
    


 


 


 


 


Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     —         48,905       (121,107 )     —         (72,202 )
    


 


 


 


 


Change in cash and cash equivalents

     3,581       5,329       42,095       174       51,179  

Beginning balance

     720       953       6,594       (174 )     8,093  
    


 


 


 


 


Ending balance

   $ 4,301     $ 6,282     $ 48,689     $ —       $ 59,272  
    


 


 


 


 


 

F-40


Table of Contents

(29) Quarterly Financial Data (unaudited)

 

     1st Quarter

   2nd Quarter

   3rd Quarter

   4th Quarter

     April 2,
2004


   April 4,
2003


   July 2,
2004


   July 4,
2003


   October 1,
2004


   October 3,
2003


   December 31,
2004


    January 2,
2004


Net sales 1

   $ 773,179    $ 688,097    $ 806,854    $ 748,039    $ 783,938    $ 718,811    $ 805,327     $ 748,023

Gross profit 1

     340,102      308,846      358,007      339,384      334,293      322,879      319,011       329,146

Net income (loss) 2

     4,172      3,182      18,770      8,452      4,440      10,367      (13,716 )     2,140

1 Amounts include results from continuing operations. Prior year data has been restated to conform to the current year presentation.
2 During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2004, the Company recorded adjustments to decrease fixed assets by $6,600 (pre-tax) to properly recognize consolidated carrying value. In addition, the Company continued to see declines in gross profit margins, primarily due to unfavorable sales mix and escalating raw material price increases.

 

During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2003, the Company recorded adjustments to increase interest expense by $3,900 (pre-tax) for the impact of fiscal year 2003 term debt pre-payments on debt issuance costs, and to increase compensation expense by $2,400 (pre-tax) for stock plans and loan forgiveness that had been previously recorded at Holdco on behalf of certain officers of the Company. None of these adjustments had a material effect on prior quarters.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

JOHNSONDIVERSEY, INC.

 

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number


  

Description of Exhibit


3.1    Certificate of Incorporation of JohnsonDiversey, Inc. (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 3.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 of JohnsonDiversey, Inc. filed with the SEC on July 31, 2002 (Reg. No. 333-97427)(the “JDI Form S-4”))
3.2    Bylaws of JohnsonDiversey, Inc. (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 3.20 to the JDI Form S-4)
4.1    Indenture between JohnsonDiversey, Inc. and each of the guarantors named therein and BNY Midwest Trust Company, as trustee, dated as of May 3, 2002, relating to the $300,000,000 9.625% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 4.1 to the JDI Form S-4)
4.2    Indenture between JohnsonDiversey, Inc. and each of the guarantors named therein and The Bank of New York, as trustee, dated as of May 3, 2002, relating to the €225,000,000 9.625% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 4.2 to the JDI Form S-4)
10.1    Purchase Agreement among JohnsonDiversey Holdings, Inc. (formerly known as Johnson Professional Holdings, Inc.), JohnsonDiversey, Inc. (formerly known as S.C. Johnson Commercial Markets, Inc.) and Conopco, Inc., dated as of November 20, 2001 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.1 to the JDI Form S-4)*
10.2    First Amendment to the Purchase Agreement by and among JohnsonDiversey Holdings, Inc. (formerly known as Johnson Professional Holdings, Inc.), JohnsonDiversey, Inc. (formerly known as S.C. Johnson Commercial Markets, Inc.) and Conopco, Inc., dated as of February 11, 2002 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.2 to the JDI Form S-4)
10.3    Second Amendment to the Purchase Agreement by and among JohnsonDiversey Holdings, Inc. (formerly known as Johnson Professional Holdings, Inc.), JohnsonDiversey, Inc. (formerly known as S.C. Johnson Commercial Markets, Inc.) and Conopco, Inc., dated as of April 5, 2002 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.3 to the JDI Form S-4)
10.4    Third Amendment to the Purchase Agreement by and among JohnsonDiversey Holdings, Inc. (formerly known as Johnson Professional Holdings, Inc.), JohnsonDiversey, Inc. (formerly known as S.C. Johnson Commercial Markets, Inc.) and Conopco, Inc., dated as of May 3, 2002 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.4 to the JDI Form S-4)*
10.5    Master Sales Agency Agreement among Unilever N.V., Unilever PLC and JohnsonDiversey, Inc. (formerly known as S.C. Johnson Commercial Markets, Inc.), dated as of May 3, 2002 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.5 to the JDI Form S-4)*
10.6    Stockholders’ Agreement among JohnsonDiversey Holdings, Inc. (formerly known as Johnson Professional Holdings, Inc.), Commercial Markets Holdco, Inc. and Marga B.V., dated as of May 3, 2002 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.6 to the JDI Form S-4)
10.7    Credit Agreement, dated as of May 3, 2002, among JohnsonDiversey, Inc., JohnsonDiversey Canada, Inc. (formerly known as Johnson Wax Professional, Inc.), Johnson Professional Co., Ltd., and JohnsonDiversey Holdings II B.V. (formerly known as Johnson Diversey Netherlands II B.V.), each as a borrower, JohnsonDiversey Holdings, Inc. (formerly known as Johnson Professional Holdings, Inc.), the lenders and issuers party thereto, as lenders (collectively, the “Senior Lenders”), Citicorp USA, Inc., as administrative agent for the Senior Lenders (the “Administrative Agent”), Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as syndication agent for the Senior Lenders, and ABN AMRO Bank N.A., Bank One N.A., Royal Bank of Scotland PLC, New York Branch and General Electric Capital Corporation, each as a co-documentation agent for the Senior Lenders (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.7 to the JDI Form S-4)
10.8    Amendment No. 1 to the Credit Agreement, dated as of August 6, 2003, among JohnsonDiversey, Inc., JohnsonDiversey Canada, Inc., JohnsonDiversey Holdings II B.V. and Johnson Professional Co., Ltd., as borrowers, JohnsonDiversey Holdings, Inc. and Citicorp USA, Inc., as administrative agent (incorporated by reference to the Current Report on Form 8-K of JohnsonDiversey, Inc. filed with the SEC on August 15, 2003)

 

E-1


Table of Contents
Exhibit
Number


  

Description of Exhibit


10.9    Amendment No. 2 to the Credit Agreement, dated as of February 24, 2004, among JohnsonDiversey, Inc., JohnsonDiversey Canada, Inc., JohnsonDiversey Holdings II B.V. and Johnson Professional Co., Ltd., as borrowers, JohnsonDiversey Holdings, Inc. and Citicorp USA, Inc., as administrative agent (incorporated by reference to the Current Report on Form 8-K of JohnsonDiversey, Inc. filed with the SEC on February 26, 2004)
10.10    Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of May 3, 2002, by JohnsonDiversey, Inc., JohnsonDiversey Holdings, Inc. (formerly known as Johnson Professional Holdings, Inc.) and the other loan parties signatories thereto in favor of the Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.8 to the JDI Form S-4)
10.11    Agreement between S.C. Johnson & Son, Inc. and JohnsonDiversey, Inc., dated as of May 3, 2002, with respect to, among other things, the house marks (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.9 to the JDI Form S-4)*
10.12    Agreement between S.C. Johnson & Son, Inc. and Johnson Polymer, LLC (formerly known as Johnson Polymer, Inc.), dated as of May 3, 2002, with respect to, among other things, the house marks (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.10 to the JDI Form S-4)*
10.13    Technology Disclosure and License Agreement among S.C. Johnson & Son, Inc., JohnsonDiversey, Inc. (formerly known as S.C. Johnson Commercial Markets, Inc.) and Johnson Polymer, LLC (formerly known as Johnson Polymer, Inc.) dated as of May 3, 2002 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.11 to the JDI Form S-4)*
10.14    Omnibus Amendment of Leases among S.C. Johnson & Son, Inc., Johnson Polymer, LLC (formerly known as Johnson Polymer, Inc.) and JohnsonDiversey, Inc. (formerly known as S.C. Johnson Commercial Markets, Inc.), dated November 20, 2001 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.12 to the JDI Form S-4)
10.15    Lease Agreement between S.C. Johnson & Son, Inc. and JohnsonDiversey, Inc. (formerly known as S.C. Johnson Commercial Markets, Inc.) for Waxdale Building 65, 8311 16th Street, Mt. Pleasant, Wisconsin, dated July 3, 1999 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.13 to the JDI Form S-4)*
10.16    Lease Agreement between S.C. Johnson & Son, Inc. and Johnson Polymer, LLC (formerly known as Johnson Polymer, Inc.) for Waxdale Buildings 50, 57 and 59, 8311 16th Street, Mt. Pleasant, Wisconsin, dated July 3, 1999 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.14 to the JDI Form S-4)*
10.17    Real Estate and Equipment Lease Agreement between S.C. Johnson & Son, Inc. and JohnsonDiversey, Inc. (formerly known as S.C. Johnson Commercial Markets, Inc.) for Waxdale Buildings 59 and 63, 8311 16th Street, Mt. Pleasant, Wisconsin, dated July 3, 1999 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.15 to the JDI Form S-4)*
10.18    Lease Agreement between S.C. Johnson & Son, Inc. and Johnson Polymer, LLC (formerly known as Johnson Polymer, Inc.) for Waxdale Buildings 52, 53, 54, 66, 66A, 71 & 72, 8311 16th Street, Mt. Pleasant, Wisconsin, dated July 3, 1999 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.16 to the JDI Form S-4)*
10.19    Receivables Purchase Agreement among JWPR Corporation, as seller and servicer, Falcon Asset Securitization Corporation, and Bank One, NA, as Financial Institution and as Agent, dated March 2, 2001, as amended through Amendment No. 2 dated May 3, 2002 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.17 to the JDI Form S-4)***
10.20    Amendment and Waiver No. 3 to the Receivable Purchase Agreement dated as of December 19, 2002, among JWPR Corporation, as Seller and Servicer, Falcon Asset Securitization Corporation, and Bank One, NA, As Financial Institution and Agent (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.27 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 of JohnsonDiversey Holdings, Inc. filed with the SEC on September 16, 2003 (Reg. No. 333-108853)(the “JDHI Form S-4”))***
10.21    Amendment No. 4 to the Receivable Purchase Agreement dated as of May 1, 2003, among JWPR Corporation, as Seller and Servicer, Falcon Asset Securitization Corporation, and Bank One, NA, As Financial Institution and Agent (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.28 to the JDHI Form S-4)***
10.22    Amendment No. 5 to the Receivable Purchase Agreement dated as of June 30, 2003, among JWPR Corporation, as Seller and Servicer, Falcon Asset Securitization Corporation, and Bank One, NA, As Financial Institution and Agent (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.29 to the JDHI Form S-4)***

 

E-2


Table of Contents
Exhibit
Number


  

Description of Exhibit


10.23    Amendment No. 6 to the Receivable Purchase Agreement dated as of July 31, 2003, among JWPR Corporation, as Seller and Servicer, Falcon Asset Securitization Corporation, and Bank One, NA, As Financial Institution and Agent (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.30 to the JDHI Form S-4)***
10.24    Amendment No. 7 to the Receivable Purchase Agreement dated as of July 31, 2003, among JWPR Corporation, as Seller and Servicer, Falcon Asset Securitization Corporation, and Bank One, NA, As Financial Institution and Agent (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.31 to the JDHI Form S-4)***
10.25    Receivables Sale Agreement, dated as of March 2, 2001, between Johnson Polymer, LLC (formerly known as Johnson Polymer, Inc.), as originator, and JWPR Corporation, as buyer (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.18 to the JDI Form S-4)
10.26    Receivables Sale Agreement, dated as of March 2, 2001, between U S Chemical Corporation, as originator, and JWPR Corporation, as buyer (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.19 to the JDI Form S-4)
10.27    Receivables Sale Agreement, dated as of March 2, 2001, between JohnsonDiversey, Inc. (formerly known as S.C. Johnson Commercial Markets, Inc.), as originator, and JWPR Corporation, as buyer (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.20 to the JDI Form S-4)
10.28    Amendment No. 1 to Receivables Sale Agreement, dated as of August 29, 2003, between JohnsonDiversey, Inc. (formerly known as S.C. Johnson Commercial Markets, Inc.), as originator, and JWPR Corporation, as buyer (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.35 to the JDHI Form S-4)
10.29    Receivables Sale Agreement, dated as of August 29, 2003, between The Butcher Company, as originator, and JohnsonDiversey, Inc., as buyer (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.36 to the JDHI Form S-4)
10.30    Receivables Sale and Contribution Agreement, dated as of March 2, 2001, among Johnson Polymer, LLC (formerly known as Johnson Polymer, Inc.), U S Chemical Corporation, Whitmire Micro-Gen Research Laboratories, Inc., JohnsonDiversey, Inc. (formerly known as S.C. Johnson Commercial Markets, Inc.), JWP Investments, Inc. and JWPR Corporation (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.21 to the JDI Form S-4)
10.31    Employment Agreement between JohnsonDiversey, Inc. (formerly known as S.C. Johnson Commercial Markets, Inc.) and JoAnne Brandes, dated November 8, 1999 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.22 to the JDI Form S-4)**
10.32    Amendment to Employment Agreement and Long Term Incentive Plan Operating Provisions between JohnsonDiversey, Inc. (formerly known as S.C. Johnson Commercial Markets, Inc.) and JoAnne Brandes, dated October 23, 2000 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.23 to the JDI Form S-4)**
10.33    Employment Agreement between JohnsonDiversey, Inc. (formerly known as S.C. Johnson Commercial Markets, Inc.) and Michael J. Bailey, dated November 8, 1999 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.24 to the JDI Form S-4)**
10.34    Amendment to Employment Agreement and Long Term Incentive Plan Operating Provisions between JohnsonDiversey, Inc. (formerly known as S.C. Johnson Commercial Markets, Inc.) and Michael J. Bailey, dated October 23, 2000 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.25 to the JDI Form S-4)**
10.35    Employment Agreement between JohnsonDiversey, Inc. (formerly known as S.C. Johnson Commercial Markets, Inc.) and Gregory E. Lawton, dated November 8, 1999 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.26 to the JDI Form S-4)**
10.36    Amendment to Employment Agreement and Long Term Incentive Plan Operating Provisions between JohnsonDiversey, Inc. (formerly known as S.C. Johnson Commercial Markets, Inc.) and Gregory E. Lawton, dated October 4, 2000 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.27 to the JDI Form S-4)**
10.37    Agreement between JohnsonDiversey, Inc. (formerly known as S.C. Johnson Commercial Markets, Inc.) and S. Curtis Johnson, dated December 6, 2001 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.30 to the JDI Form S-4)**
10.38    Commercial Markets Holdco, Inc. Second Amended and Restated Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.31 to Amendment No. 2 of the Registration Statement on Form S-4 of JohnsonDiversey, Inc. filed with the SEC on November 21, 2002 (Reg. No. 333-97247)**
10.39    Form of Stock Option Agreement under Commercial Markets Holdco, Inc. Amended and Restated Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.32 to the JDI Form S-4)**

 

E-3


Table of Contents
Exhibit
Number


  

Description of Exhibit


10.40    JohnsonDiversey, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan for Gregory E. Lawton, effective January 1, 2002 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.47 to the JDHI Form S-4)**
10.41    Employment Agreement between JohnsonDiversey, Inc. (formerly known as S.C. Johnson Commercial Markets, Inc.) and Paul A. Mathias, dated March 1, 2000 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.33 to the JDI Form S-4)**
10.42    Employment Agreement between JohnsonDiversey, Inc. (formerly known as S.C. Johnson Commercial Markets, Inc.) and Gregory F. Clark, dated November 8, 1999 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.35 to the JDI Form S-4)**
10.43    Employment Agreement between JohnsonDiversey, Inc. (formerly known as S.C. Johnson Commercial Markets, Inc.) and David S. Andersen, dated November 8, 1999 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.36 to the JDI Form S-4)**
10.44    Employment Agreement between JohnsonDiversey, Inc. and Morio Nishikawa, executed April 11, 2003 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of JohnsonDiversey, Inc. filed with the SEC on August 14, 2003)**
10.45    Employment Agreement between JohnsonDiversey, Inc. and Thomas Gartland, executed July 17, 2003 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of JohnsonDiversey, Inc. filed with the SEC on November 14, 2003 (the “Third Quarter 2003 Form 10-Q”))**
10.46    Employment Agreement between JohnsonDiversey, Inc. and Mark S. Cross, executed August 1, 2003 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.2 to the Third Quarter 2003 Form 10-Q) **
10.47    Employment Agreement between JohnsonDiversey, Inc. and Diarmuid P. Ryan, executed May 3, 2004 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of JohnsonDiversey, Inc. filed with the SEC on November 12, 2004)**
10.48    Stock Purchase Agreement by and among JWP Investments, Inc., Sorex Holdings, Ltd. and Whitmire Holdings Inc. dated as of June 9, 2004 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 2.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of JohnsonDiversey, Inc. filed with the SEC on June 25, 2004)
10.49    Employment Agreement between JohnsonDiversey, Inc. and Joseph F. Smorada, executed November 1, 2004 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of JohnsonDiversey, Inc. filed with the SEC on November 12, 2004) **
10.50    Employment Agreement between JohnsonDiversey, Inc. and Dr. Stephen A. Di Biase, executed December 7, 2004 **
14.1    JohnsonDiversey, Inc. Finance Officers Ethics Policy (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 14.1 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of JohnsonDiversey, Inc. filed with the SEC on April 3, 2003)
21.1    Subsidiaries of JohnsonDiversey, Inc.
24.1    Power of Attorney
31.1    Principal Executive Officer’s Certifications Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
31.2    Principal Financial Officer’s Certifications Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
32.1    Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
99.1    Proposed Amendment to Senior Secured Credit Agreement

* Portions of this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. The omitted material has been filed separately with the SEC.
** Management contract or compensatory plan.
*** Effective April 2004, Falcon Asset Securitization Corporation assigned its interest to Chariot Asset Securitization Corporation.

 

E-4